Nexeo Solutions, Inc. - FORM 10-K

Attached files

file	filename
EX-32.1 - EXHIBIT 32.1 - Nexeo Solutions, Inc.	a09302016ex321.htm
EX-31.2 - EXHIBIT 31.2 - Nexeo Solutions, Inc.	a09302016ex312.htm
EX-31.1 - EXHIBIT 31.1 - Nexeo Solutions, Inc.	a09302016ex311.htm
EX-23.1 - EXHIBIT 23.1 - Nexeo Solutions, Inc.	a09302016ex231.htm
EX-21.1 - EXHIBIT 21.1 - Nexeo Solutions, Inc.	a09302016ex211.htm
EX-12.1 - EXHIBIT 12.1 - Nexeo Solutions, Inc.	a09302016ex121.htm
EX-10.28 - EXHIBIT 10.28 - Nexeo Solutions, Inc.	a09302016ex1028.htm
EX-10.27 - EXHIBIT 10.27 - Nexeo Solutions, Inc.	a09302016ex1027.htm
EX-10.1 - EXHIBIT 10.1 - Nexeo Solutions, Inc.	a09302016ex101.htm

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

ý ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016

o TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from to

Commission File Number: 001-36477

NEXEO SOLUTIONS, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)



Delaware		46-5188282
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)		(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

3 Waterway Square Place, Suite 1000 The Woodlands, Texas		77380
(Address of principal executive offices)		(Zip Code)

(281) 297-0700

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:



Title of each class		Name of each exchange on which registered
Units, each consisting of one share of Common Stock,		NASDAQ Capital Market
$0.0001 par value, and one Warrant to purchase Common Stock
Common Stock, $0.0001 par value		NASDAQ Capital Market
Warrants to purchase Common Stock		NASDAQ Capital Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None.

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. o Yes ý No

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. oYes ý No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. ý Yes o No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this Chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). ý Yes o No

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 299.405 of this Chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):



Large accelerated filer o		Accelerated filer x

Non-accelerated filer o (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)		Smaller reporting company o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o

No ý

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of Nexeo Solutions, Inc. was $501,750,750 as of March 31, 2016, using the definition of beneficial ownership contained in Rule 13d-3 promulgated pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and excluding shares held by directors and executive officers. As of December 5, 2016, there were 89,286,936 shares of the Company's common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, issued and outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:

Portions of the definitive proxy statement relating to the 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders of Nexeo Solutions, Inc., which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days of September 30, 2016, are incorporated by reference in Item 10, Item 11, Item 12, Item 13 and Item 14 of Part III of this Form 10-K.

Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS



Glossary	ii

PART I
Item 1. Business	1
Item 1A. Risk Factors	14
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments	31
Item 2. Properties	31
Item 3. Legal Proceedings	31
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures	32

PART II
Item 5. Market for the Company’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issue Purchases of Equity Securities	33
Item 6. Selected Financial Data	35
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	37
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	63
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	65
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures	104
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures	104
Item 9B. Other Information	119

PART III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	120
Item 11. Executive Compensation	120
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	121
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	121
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services	121

PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules	122

SIGNATURES	126

Table of Contents

GLOSSARY

The following terms and abbreviations appearing in the text of this Annual Report on Form 10-K have the meanings indicated below.



2016 LTIP	The Nexeo Solutions, Inc. 2016 Long Term Incentive Plan
ABL Agent	Bank of America, N.A., as administrative and collateral agent of the ABL Facility
ABL Borrowers	Holdings, Sub Holding and Solutions together with Nexeo Solutions Canada Corporation
ABL Facility	The asset-based credit facility pursuant to that certain asset-based credit agreement by and among the ABL Borrowers, the ABL Agent, the lenders party thereto and the other parties thereto
ADA Purchase Agreement	The Ashland Distribution Acquisition purchase agreement
Archway Acquisition	The acquisition by the Predecessor of 100% of the outstanding shares of capital stock of Archway Sales, Inc. and substantially all of the assets of JACAAB, a related business of Archway Sales, Inc., that closed on April 1, 2014
ASC	The FASB Accounting Standards Codification
Ashland	Ashland Inc. and its subsidiaries
ASU	Accounting Standards Update issued by the FASB
Blocker	TPG Accolade Delaware, L.P.
Blocker Merger	The merger of Blocker Merger Sub into Blocker on June 9, 2016, immediately following the Company Merger, with Blocker continuing as the surviving entity
Blocker Merger Sub	Neon Acquisition Company LLC, which was a wholly-owned subsidiary of WLRH at the time of the Blocker Merger
Business Combination	The business combination between WLRH and Holdings pursuant to the Merger Agreement, which was consummated on the Closing Date
CAA	U.S. Federal Clean Air Act
CAD	Canadian dollar
Canadian Tranche	Canadian tranche of the ABL Facility
CERCLA	U.S. Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act
CFATS	U.S. Chemical-Facility Anti-Terrorism Standards
Closing Date	June 9, 2016
Company / Successor / Nexeo	Nexeo Solutions, Inc. (f/k/a WL Ross Holding Corp.) and its consolidated subsidiaries
Company Merger	The merger of Company Merger Sub with and into Holdings consummated on June 9, 2016, with Holdings continuing as the surviving entity
Company Merger Sub	Neon Holding Company LLC, which was a wholly-owned subsidiary of WLRH at the time of the Company Merger
Company's 2017 Proxy Statement	The Company's proxy statement relating to its 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders
Composites Sale	The sale of the Predecessor's North American Composites business to Composites One, LLC, a Rhode Island limited liability company
Credit Facilities	The ABL Facility and the Term Loan Facility, collectively
CSD Acquisition	The acquisition by the Predecessor of 100% of the outstanding shares of capital stock of Chemical Specialists and Development, Inc. and substantially all of the assets of STX Freight Company and ST Laboratories Group, LLC, two related businesses of Chemical Specialists and Development, Inc., that closed on December 1, 2013
CWA	U.S. Clean Water Act
Deferred Cash Consideration	The deferred payment to be made in cash to the Selling Equityholders pursuant to the Merger Agreement, where such deferred cash payments will generally be in an amount equal to the Company’s prevailing stock price at the time that the Company pays such deferred cash payments multiplied by the number of Excess Shares or as otherwise set forth in the Merger Agreement
DHS	U.S. Department of Homeland Security
Director Founder Shares	The 30,000 original Founders Shares transferred to the Company’s prior independent directors

Table of Contents



Distribution Business	The global distribution business purchased by the Predecessor from Ashland
DTSC	California Department of Toxic Substances Control
EBITDA	Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization
EMEA	Europe, Middle East and Africa
EPCRA	U.S. Emergency Planning and Community Right-To-Know Act
EPS	Earnings or loss per share
ERP	Enterprise resource planning
Excess Shares	The 5,178,642 shares of Company common stock used to calculate the Deferred Cash Consideration payable to the Selling Equityholders pursuant to the Merger Agreement, after accounting for the decrease of 476,318 in the number of shares in connection with the working capital adjustment finalized during the three months ended September 30, 2016
Exchange Act	U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
FASB	Financial Accounting Standards Board
FCPA	U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act
FHMTL	U.S. Federal Hazardous Material Transportation Law
FILO Tranche	$30.0 million tranche within the ABL Facility for non-Canadian foreign subsidiaries to issue loans and letters of credit
Founder Shares	The 12,506,250 shares of Company common stock issued to the Sponsor at the time of the IPO
GDP	Gross domestic product
Holdings	Nexeo Solutions Holdings, LLC
HMR	U.S. Hazardous Materials Regulations
IPO	The initial public offering of WLRH, consummated on June 11, 2014
Issuers	Nexeo Solutions Finance Corporation and Solutions, collectively
Merger Agreement	Agreement and Plan of Merger, as amended, by and among WLRH, Blocker Merger Sub, Company Merger Sub, Holdings, Blocker, and New Holdco dated as of March 21, 2016
Mergers	The Company Merger and the Blocker Merger, collectively
NASDAQ	NASDAQ Stock Market
New Holdco	Nexeo Holdco, LLC
Nexeo Plaschem	Nexeo Plaschem (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company
NLRB	U.S. National Labor Relations Board
Notes	8.375% Senior Subordinated Notes of the Predecessor due 2018
OSH Act	U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970
OSHA	U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Administration which administers the OSH Act
Other Retained Remediation Liabilities	Under the ADA Purchase Agreement, Ashland agreed to retain other environmental remediation liabilities unknown at the closing of the Ashland Distribution Acquisition related to the Distribution Business for which Ashland receives notice prior to the fifth anniversary of the closing
Performance-Based Units	Units within the Predecessor Equity Plan that vest in accordance with a performance-based schedule
Predecessor	Holdings and its subsidiaries for the periods prior to the Closing Date
Predecessor ABL Facility	Holdings asset-based credit facility which was terminated in connection with the Business Combination
Predecessor Credit Facilities	Predecessor ABL Facility and Predecessor Term Loan Facility, collectively
Predecessor Equity Plan	Predecessor restricted equity plan
Predecessor Term Loan Facility	Holdings’ senior secured term loan credit facility which was terminated in connection with the Business Combination
PSLRA	U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995
PSU	Performance share unit issued under the 2016 LTIP
RCRA	U.S. Resource Conservation and Recovery Act

iii

Table of Contents



Retained Remediation Liabilities	Under the ADA Purchase Agreement, collectively, the Retained Specified Remediation Liabilities and the Other Retained Remediation Liabilities
Retained Specified Remediation Liabilities	Under the ADA Purchase Agreement, Ashland agreed to retain all known environmental remediation liabilities as of the date of closing of the ADA Purchase Agreement
RMB	Chinese renminbi
Ryder	Ryder Truck Rental, Inc.
Ryder Lease	Lease Agreement entered into by and between the Predecessor and Ryder in May 2015 for certain transportation equipment
SAFE	People’s Republic of China State Administration of Foreign Exchange
SEC	U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission
Secured Net Leverage Ratio	The ratio of Consolidated Total Indebtedness divided by EBITDA (terms as defined in the Term Loan Facility agreement)
Securities Act	U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended
Selling Equityholders	The holders of equity interests in Holdings (other than Blocker) and the holders of equity interests in Blocker, in each case, as of the time immediately prior to the Business Combination
Solutions	Nexeo Solutions, LLC
Sponsor	WL Ross Sponsor LLC, the sponsor entity of WLRH prior to the Business Combination.
Sub Holding	Nexeo Solutions Sub Holding Corp.
Term Agent	Bank of America, N.A. as administrative agent and collateral agent of the Term Loan Facility
Term Loan Facility	Term loan credit facility pursuant to that certain credit agreement by and among Holdings, Solutions, Sub Holding, the Term Agent, the other agents party thereto and the lenders party thereto
Time-Based Units	Units within the Predecessor’s Equity Plan
TPG	TPG Capital, L.P. together with its affiliates, including TPG Accolade
TPG Accolade	TPG Accolade, L.P.
TRA	The Tax Receivable Agreement entered into in connection with the Business Combination, by and between the Company and the Selling Equityholders, dated as of June 9, 2016
TSCA	U.S. Toxic Substances Control Act
U.K.	The United Kingdom
U.S.	United States of America
U.S. GAAP	U.S. Generally accepted accounting principles
U.S. Tranche	U.S. Tranche of the ABL Facility
WLRH	WL Ross Holding Corp.

Table of Contents

Unless the context otherwise requires, the financial information presented in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (this "Form 10-K") is the financial information of the Company on a consolidated basis together with its subsidiaries.

The terms "the Company," "us," "our" and "we" and similar terms in this Annual Report on Form 10-K refer to Nexeo Solutions, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

TRADEMARKS AND TRADE NAMES

We own or have rights to various trademarks, service marks, and trade names that we use in connection with the operation of our business. This Form 10-K may also contain trademarks, service marks and trade names of third parties, which are the property of their respective owners. Third party trademarks, services marks, trade names or products used or displayed in this Form 10-K belong to the holders and are not intended to, and do not imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship by us. Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks and trade names referred to in this Form 10-K may appear without the ®, TM or SM symbols, but omission of these references is not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our right or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks, service marks and trade names.

Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Certain information and statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are forward-looking statements within the meaning of the PSLRA codified in Section 27A of the Securities Act, and Section 21E of the Exchange Act, as amended. This statement is included for purposes of complying with the safe harbor provisions of the PSLRA. Forward-looking statements include statements regarding our expectations, beliefs, intentions, plans, objectives, goals, strategies, future events or performance and underlying assumptions and other statements that are other than statements of historical facts. These statements may be identified, without limitation, by the use of forward-looking terminology such as "anticipate," "assume," "believe," "estimate," "expect," "intend," "plan," "project," "may," "will," "could," "would" and similar expressions. Certain forward-looking statements are included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, principally in the sections captioned "Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

These forward-looking statements are based on our current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effect on us. While management believes that these forward-looking statements are reasonable as and when made, there can be no assurance that future developments affecting us will be those that we anticipate. Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, comments concerning our expectations for future revenues and operating results are based on our forecasts for our existing operations and do not include the potential impact of any future acquisitions. Our forward-looking statements involve significant risks and uncertainties (some of which are beyond our control) and assumptions that could cause actual results to differ materially from our and our Predecessor’s historical experience and our present expectations or projections.

Our future results will depend upon various other risks and uncertainties, including those described in "Item 1A. Risk Factors." Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements after the date they are made, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. All forward-looking statements attributable to us are qualified in their entirety by this cautionary statement.

Table of Contents

PART I

Item 1. Business

Company Overview

We are a global distributor of chemicals products in North America and Asia, and plastics products in North America, EMEA and Asia. In connection with the distribution of chemicals products, we provide value-added services such as custom blending, packaging and re-packaging, private-label manufacturing and product testing in the form of chemical analysis, product performance analysis and product development. We also provide on-site and off-site environmental services, including waste collection, recovery, arrangement for disposal services and recycling in North America, primarily the U.S., through our Environmental Services line of business. The Predecessor was a distributor of composites products in North America until July 1, 2014, when these operations were sold and as a result, activity associated with these operations is reflected as discontinued operations for all periods presented. We are organized into three lines of business (or operating segments): Chemicals, Plastics and Environmental Services. During fiscal year 2016, we distributed over 22,000 products into over 80 countries for approximately 1,300 suppliers to approximately 26,700 customers.

We have long-standing relationships with major chemicals and plastics producers and suppliers, a strong geographic presence and supply chain network and a relatively stable customer base that benefits from the service and distribution value we provide. The products we distribute are used in a broad cross section of manufacturing industries, in various end markets and customer segments within those industries, including the household, industrial and institutional, lubricants, performance coatings (including architectural coatings, adhesives, sealants and elastomers), automotive, healthcare, personal care, oil and gas and construction end markets.

Our diverse array of product offerings allows us to provide many of our customers with a one-stop-shop resource for their chemicals and plastics needs. For customers with multiple locations, our centralized business model helps ensure consistency of product offerings and a single point of contact. Our services and full product offering allow for product customization, cost savings to customers on transaction and transportation costs and reliance on a single supplier to source all of a customer's diverse product requirements.

We believe we provide a compelling value proposition to suppliers as a single bulk buyer of their products and by acting as an extension of their sales force by representing their brands and providing technical support to customers. We also believe we provide value to suppliers by distributing to larger customers through dedicated strategic accounts sales and marketing programs designed to solidify key relationships through enhanced customer service, efficient delivery and specialized value-added solutions. In addition to the value-added services mentioned above, we provide other services including dedicated stocking programs, vendor-managed inventory, quarterly customer demand forecasting, technical support and supply chain services. In addition, our understanding of key end markets presents additional opportunities with suppliers whose products are in substantial demand by customers situated in these end markets.

We have an experienced management team with deep knowledge of the industry. We continue to implement strategies and invest significantly to build upon our strengths by creating industry-leading marketing capabilities, including our focus on specific end markets, sales force effectiveness tools, market-based pricing and geographic expansion.

We distribute our broad product portfolio through a supply chain consisting of approximately 170 owned, leased or third party warehouses, rail terminals and tank terminals globally with a private fleet of approximately 1,000 units, including tractors and trailers, primarily in North America. We currently employ approximately 2,520 employees globally. At September 30, 2016, we had approximately 500 sales professionals situated in North America, EMEA and Asia, including technical support, field managers and strategic account managers that assist our customers in the selection and application of commodity and specialty products for their end products and processes.

Company History

We were formed as a Delaware corporation on March 24, 2014, under the name WL Ross Holding Corp., as a special purpose acquisition company for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses. We completed our IPO in June 2014, raising approximately $500.0 million in cash proceeds. We neither engaged in any operations nor generated any revenue prior to the Business Combination.

Table of Contents

On June 9, 2016, we consummated the Business Combination, pursuant to the Merger Agreement. In connection with the closing of the Business Combination, we changed our name from "WL Ross Holding Corp." to "Nexeo Solutions, Inc." and changed our ticker symbol for our common stock on NASDAQ from "WLRH" to "NXEO".

Our Board of Directors approved a change in our fiscal year end from December 31st to September 30th in connection with the closing of the Business Combination.

See Note 3 to our consolidated financial statements for further discussion on the Business Combination.

Industry Overview

The global industrial materials markets include the products sold by our lines of business. This market contains both products distributed directly to customers by suppliers and indirectly by distribution channel partners. Indirect distribution channel partners, like us, serve as intermediaries between suppliers and customers representing an additional step in the distribution supply chain. Suppliers leverage their distribution partners to handle the complexity of servicing the small and mid-size customer base while providing needed technical product expertise. The total available market of distribution is driven by macroeconomic factors, as well as suppliers’ decisions to either serve markets or customers directly or use a distribution partner. By creating and executing superior distribution service and related solutions capabilities, we hope to influence the decision by suppliers to increase the level of business being served by us in the global market.

The chemicals and plastics materials distribution industry is characterized by high barriers to entry, including increasingly complex regulatory, environmental and safety landscapes, the need for market intelligence that requires time and effort to develop and, in some cases, significant capital investments for transportation and storage infrastructure. Adding to the complexity of this market environment is the increasing demand by end customers for individualized solutions. These solutions are generally comprised of essential products and value-added services including blending, packaging and other special handling and special logistics requirements such as 24x7 delivery. We believe our ability to serve these complex needs, will increasingly lead to suppliers choosing to leverage distributors like us because of our capabilities and scale.

Company Operations

Segment Overview

We operate through three lines of business, or operating segments: Chemicals, Plastics and Environmental Services. On July 1, 2014, the Predecessor sold its composites operations in North America, which are classified as discontinued operations in our consolidated financial statements for all periods presented. While we continue to occasionally distribute certain composites products in Asia after the sale of the North American composites operations, these sales are minimal; and therefore, they are no longer identified as a separate line of business.

Our lines of business market to different sets of customers operating in an array of industries, with various end markets and customer segments within those industries. For segment presentation and disclosure purposes, our Chemicals and Plastics lines of business constitute separate reportable segments while our Environmental Services line of business, which does not meet the materiality threshold for separate disclosure, and our historical composites products sales in Asia are combined in an "Other" category.

Chemicals. The Chemicals line of business distributes specialty and industrial chemicals, additives and solvents to industrial users via railcars, barges, bulk tanker trucks, and as packaged goods in trucks. While our chemicals products are distributed in more than 50 countries worldwide, we primarily distribute our chemicals products in North America and Asia. In connection with the distribution of chemicals products, we provide value-added services such as custom blending, packaging and re-packaging, private-label manufacturing and product testing in the form of chemical analysis, product performance analysis and product development. While our Chemicals line of business serves multiple end markets, key end markets within the industrial space are household, industrial and institutional, performance coatings (including architectural coatings, adhesives, sealants and elastomers), lubricants, oil and gas and personal care.

Plastics. The Plastics line of business distributes a broad product line consisting of commodity polymer products and prime engineering resins to plastics processors engaged in blow molding, extrusion, injection molding and rotation molding via railcars, bulk trucks, truckload boxes and less-than-truckload quantities. While our plastics products are distributed in more than 50 countries worldwide, we primarily distribute our plastics products in North America, EMEA and Asia. The Plastics line of business serves a broad cross section of industrial segments with a current focus on the healthcare and automotive end markets.

Table of Contents

Environmental Services. The Environmental Services line of business, in connection with certain waste disposal service companies, provides customers with comprehensive on-site and off-site hazardous and non-hazardous waste collection, recovery and arrangement for disposal services or recycling in North America, primarily in the U.S. These environmental services are offered through our network of distribution facilities which are used as transfer facilities or through a staff of dedicated on-site waste professionals.

The table below provides a summary by line of business of the approximate number of customers served and key product offerings as of September 30, 2016:



	Chemicals	Plastics	Environmental Services
	Approximate Customers: 12,900	Approximate Customers: 11,500	Approximate Customers: 2,300

Key Products	ž Alcohols ž Blends ž Esters ž Glycols ž Hydrocarbons ž Ketones ž Resins ž Silicones ž Surfactants	ž Engineered Thermoplastics ž Polyolefins (including Polypropylene) ž Specialty Thermoplastics ž Styrenics	ž Integrated Resource Management ž Arrangement for Non-Hazardous and Hazardous waste disposal ž Arrangement for Non-Hazardous Waste Treatment/Recycling

In each of the past three fiscal years, polypropylene was the only product that accounted for over 10.0% of our consolidated net revenue. During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016 polypropylene accounted for 17.6% of the total consolidated net revenue of the Successor and for the period from October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016 polypropylene accounted for 17.7% of the total consolidated net revenue of the Predecessor. During each of the fiscal years ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, polypropylene accounted for 14.4% of the consolidated net revenue of the Predecessor.

The table below provides a summary of the proportional revenue contributions from our lines of business and our primary geographic markets over the last three years, based on the jurisdiction of the subsidiary entity receiving revenue credit for the sale. It was not practical to provide a summary of the revenue contributions of our primary geographic markets based on external customer location. The substantial majority of our sales to customers in the geographic markets described below are made by entities located within the applicable geographic market.



	Successor		Predecessor
	Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2016		October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016		Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2015		Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2014
Chemicals	44.9	%	45.6	%	49.5	%	50.8	%
Plastics	51.3	%	50.9	%	47.5	%	46.6	%
Environmental Services	3.8	%	3.5	%	3.0	%	2.4	%

United States	75.8	%	76.0	%	76.7	%	73.4	%
Canada	4.4	%	4.4	%	5.0	%	5.3	%
Other North America	1.7	%	1.5	%	1.4	%	1.3	%
Total North America Operations	81.9	%	81.9	%	83.1	%	80.0	%
EMEA	12.3	%	12.5	%	12.3	%	13.6	%
Asia	5.8	%	5.6	%	4.6	%	6.4	%

Our lines of business generally leverage the same infrastructure, distribution networks, information technology and operational processes, but are differentiated by the products they distribute, their geographic footprints and their distinct customer and supplier relationships. See Note 16 to our consolidated financial statements for additional financial information with respect to our reportable segments.

Table of Contents

Supplier Relationships

We source chemicals and plastics from a wide array of suppliers, including many leading global chemicals and plastics producers. We generally purchase and take possession of these products and we then resell and deliver them to our customers. While our top ten suppliers generally fulfill approximately 50% of total product procured by value on an annual basis, we source products from approximately 1,300 suppliers. Two suppliers accounted for 11.9% and 10.4% respectively of the Successor consolidated purchases during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016, and 12.0% and 9.8% of the Predecessor consolidated purchases for the period from October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016. During the fiscal years ended September 30, 2015 and 2014 for the Predecessor, one of these suppliers accounted for 11.9% and 10.8%, respectively, of the Predecessor's consolidated purchases. Although these suppliers serve both our Plastics and Chemicals lines of business, they primarily serve our Plastics line of business.

We maintain multiple sourcing options for most key products that we distribute to help ensure supply continuity and competitive pricing for our customers. We believe the depth of our supplier base ensures that we are able to satisfy the needs of all of our customers in all of our key geographic regions.

Our Chemicals and Plastics lines of business generally source products from distinct sets of suppliers, as described below.


•	Chemicals. We source chemicals from many suppliers, including several of the largest global chemical companies such as BASF, Dow Chemical, Dow Corning, Eastman Chemical, LyondellBasell and Methanex. Our ten largest suppliers generally account for approximately 50% by value of the chemical products procured on an annual basis.


•	Plastics. Our plastics suppliers include several of the largest global chemical companies and plastics producers, such as BASF, Borealis, ExxonMobil Chemical Co., LyondellBasell and SABIC IP. Our ten largest suppliers generally account for approximately 80% by value of the plastics products procured on an annual basis.

In developing our supplier relationships, we evaluate prospective suppliers to determine the value they can bring to the supply chain. We focus on suppliers that manufacture products that fall within the end markets we serve and provide opportunities to maintain healthy demand. Our key suppliers must also demonstrate a proven track record of reliability and commitment to invest in their businesses, as well as product price leadership.

We believe we provide value to suppliers in numerous ways, including the following:


•	We serve as an aggregator of customer demand, enabling us to act as a single bulk buyer of the suppliers’ products;


•	We act as an extension of suppliers’ sales force by representing their brands and providing technical support to customers, particularly those that are small and mid-sized, as well as larger customers through our strategic accounts program;


•	We develop compelling value propositions in various end markets by providing core commodity products, core specialty products and value-added services to target certain customer segments that we believe can generate sustainable and profitable revenue growth;


•	We provide quarterly customer demand forecasting and visibility into the marketing and distribution of the suppliers’ products; and


•	We have best-in-class pricing technology to capture maximum value for our suppliers' brands in the marketplace.

Product Line Management and Purchasing

Our supplier relationships are managed by separate product management teams within our Chemicals and Plastics lines of business. These teams are focused on developing and maintaining these supplier relationships, monitoring existing product lines and trends, and analyzing potential new products. These product management teams work in close coordination with our sales and marketing teams, allowing them to quickly and effectively identify customer buying and demand trends.

Our purchasing department is generally responsible for executing purchase orders to suppliers through our ERP system. For the majority of our operations, this system provides a centralized control platform throughout the entire supply chain, enabling the purchasing department to optimize procurement decisions. See "—Information Technology."

Table of Contents

Contracts

Our supply agreements allow for flexibility, to help ensure product availability and our ability to set the specific terms of any purchase in accordance with prevailing market conditions. The agreements commonly provide general terms and conditions and describe volume expectations, pricing, price change mechanisms and guidelines for conflict resolution. Many of the agreements with key suppliers also provide for rebates upon achievement of specified volume purchase levels. Purchase prices are generally market-based and fluctuate in accordance with the costs of the relevant raw materials. We do not usually enter into contracts that are non-terminable, are "take or pay" or have other similar requirements.

Global Distribution Channels

We are organized around the philosophy that key operating processes, such as demand forecasting, purchasing and supplier selection, can be optimized for cost and efficiency when concentrated in a centralized business model. Accordingly, we operate our distribution network under a "hub-and-spoke" model, by processing large volumes of inventory at our main regional hubs and shipping them to smaller local warehouses on a demand-driven basis, from where they are delivered to customers. Products are often transported to smaller customers in mixed truckloads or less-than-truckload volumes.

Facilities

Our facilities are strategically placed to optimize route density in an effort to balance high-quality customer service with execution costs. In North America, we operate under the "hub-and-spoke" model as described above. We believe this model is beneficial, as it enables us to efficiently aggregate customer demand, thereby allowing us to match a large number of suppliers and customers at a lower cost. This system also supports our economies of scale, which is a key driver of our profitability, as the aggregation of inventory at the "hubs" reduces inventory procurement costs, and permits fleet optimization and efficient route planning through shipment consolidation and frequent deliveries to the "spokes." During fiscal year 2016, these facilities served approximately 20,300 customers.

In EMEA, we operate through 23 third party operated warehouses and eight sales offices in connection with our international plastics operations. These warehouses are located across EMEA and during fiscal year 2016 they served approximately 4,600 customers.

In Asia, we operate through 23 third party operated warehouses and eight sales offices in connection with our international chemicals and plastics operations. These warehouses are located in China and during fiscal year 2016 they served approximately 1,800 customers.

The following table lists each of the active distribution facilities that we own or lease and does not include third party operated facilities. We classify a facility as a "bulk facility" if it is engaged in delivering goods in bulk to our customers.

Distribution Facilities as of September 30, 2016



North American Facilities	Facility Type	Owned/Leased	Line(s) of Business
Birmingham, Alabama	Bulk/Warehouse	Owned	All
Mobile, Alabama	Bulk/Warehouse	Owned	All
Edmonton, Alberta	Bulk/Warehouse	Owned	All
Chandler, Arizona	Bulk/Warehouse	Owned	All
Richmond, British Columbia	Warehouse	Leased	All
Carson, California	Bulk/Warehouse	Leased	All
Fairfield, California	Bulk/Warehouse	Owned	All
Fairfield, California	Warehouse	Leased	All
Fontana, California	Bulk/Warehouse	Leased	Chemicals and Plastics
Denver, Colorado	Bulk/Warehouse	Owned	All
Miami, Florida	Bulk/Warehouse	Owned	All
Tampa, Florida	Bulk/Warehouse	Owned	All
Doraville, Georgia	Bulk/Warehouse	Owned	Chemicals and Plastics

Table of Contents



Franklin Park, Illinois	Bulk/Warehouse	Leased	Plastics
Northlake, Illinois	Warehouse	Leased	Chemicals and Plastics
Willow Springs, Illinois	Bulk/Warehouse	Owned	All
Kansas City, Kansas	Bulk/Warehouse	Owned	Chemicals and Environmental Services
Kansas City, Kansas	Bulk/Warehouse	Leased	Plastics
Baton Rouge, Louisiana	Bulk/Warehouse	Owned	All
Baton Rouge, Louisiana	Warehouse	Owned	Chemicals
Winnipeg, Manitoba	Warehouse	Owned	All
Tewksbury, Massachusetts	Bulk/Warehouse	Owned	Chemicals and Plastics
Lansing, Michigan	Bulk/Warehouse	Owned	All
Warren, Michigan	Bulk/Warehouse	Owned	Chemicals and Plastics
Saint Paul, Minnesota	Bulk/Warehouse	Owned	Chemicals and Environmental Services
Shakopee, Minnesota	Bulk/Warehouse	Owned	All
St. Louis, Missouri	Bulk/Warehouse	Owned	All
St. Louis, Missouri	Warehouse	Leased	Chemicals
Carteret, New Jersey	Bulk/Warehouse	Owned	Chemicals
Charlotte, North Carolina	Bulk/Warehouse	Owned	All
Binghamton, New York	Warehouse	Owned	Environmental Services
Tonawanda, New York	Bulk/Warehouse	Owned	Chemicals and Plastics
Columbus, Ohio	Bulk/Warehouse	Owned	Chemicals
Dayton, Ohio	Warehouse	Owned	Environmental Services
Evendale, Ohio	Bulk/Warehouse	Owned	Chemicals and Environmental Services
Grove City, Ohio	Bulk/Warehouse	Owned	Chemicals and Plastics
Twinsburg, Ohio	Bulk/Warehouse	Owned	Chemicals
Twinsburg, Ohio	Warehouse	Leased	Chemicals and Plastics
Tulsa, Oklahoma	Bulk/Warehouse	Owned	Chemicals and Plastics
Mississauga, Ontario	Bulk/Warehouse	Leased	All
Morrisville, Pennsylvania	Bulk/Warehouse	Owned	All
Catano, Puerto Rico	Warehouse	Owned	All
Anderson, South Carolina	Bulk/Warehouse	Owned	Chemicals and Plastics
Columbia, South Carolina	Bulk/Warehouse	Owned	All
Knoxville, Tennessee	Bulk/Warehouse	Owned	Chemicals and Environmental Services
Memphis, Tennessee	Bulk/Warehouse	Owned	All
Nashville, Tennessee	Bulk/Warehouse	Owned	All
Conroe, Texas	Warehouse	Owned	Chemicals
Garland, Texas	Bulk/Warehouse	Owned	All
Houston, Texas	Bulk/Warehouse	Owned	All
Midland, Texas	Bulk/Warehouse	Owned	Chemicals and Environmental Services
Clearfield, Utah	Bulk/Warehouse	Leased	All
Clearfield, Utah	Warehouse	Leased	All

As a result of an eminent domain proceeding, the Franklin Park facility included above was sold in September 2016 and is currently being leased by us through March 1, 2017. We are relocating these operations to a new facility in Montgomery, Illinois, which has a lease term beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2017. Our principal executive offices are located in The Woodlands, Texas. We believe that our facilities are adequate for our current operations.

Private Fleet

Transportation of products to and from customers and suppliers is a fundamental component of our business. During fiscal year 2016, our North American distribution service relied on our private fleet of trucks, tankers and trailers for 66.4% of deliveries from our warehouses to our customers. We relied on common carriers for the remainder of our deliveries.

Table of Contents

At September 30, 2016, our private fleet consisted of approximately 1,000 units that carry solid, bulk and liquid materials.

Private Fleet Characteristics as of September 30, 2016



Vehicle Type	Number of vehicles	Average Age (years)	Average Transport Capacity (lbs.)
Tractors	330	2	45,000
Bulk Liquid Tankers	284	18	42,000
Van Trailers	328	10	45,000
Straight Trucks	1	7	9,000
Dry Bulk Trailers	16	9	45,000

In addition, we currently lease approximately 400 railcars, which are primarily used for supplier shipments to our locations, stock transfers between our locations and occasional shipments to customers.

Our private fleet characteristics change constantly based on our market needs. We believe our private fleet provides us with an advantage over many of our competitors. Our fleet permits us to meet our customers’ demand and reduce their inventory risk through "just-in-time" delivery. Moreover, our ability to service our clients’ needs is less encumbered by the commercial transportation market and provides reliability of service to customers, especially during periods of undersupply.

Direct Supply

In certain circumstances, we deliver full truckloads or large quantities of commodity products directly from a supplier to a customer, primarily via common carrier, and provide sourcing and supply chain support in connection with the delivery. Although the products move directly from supplier to customer, we remain the only point of contact for both customers and suppliers and generally take ownership of the products while in transit, bearing the risk of loss during transportation. Direct supply sales accounted for 17.1% of sales for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016 for the Successor and 15.6% of sales for the Predecessor for the period October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016.

Sales and Marketing

For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016, we had approximately 26,700 customers from a broad range of end markets resulting in approximately 470,000 orders for over 22,000 products. We have developed a sales and marketing organization with a broad scope of sales coverage to ensure we can service a diverse customer base.

As of September 30, 2016, our sales team consisted of approximately 500 sales professionals situated throughout North America, EMEA and Asia, including customer-facing personnel, such as technical support and corporate account managers, located in local markets. There are approximately 380 sales professionals based in North America, while approximately 60 of our sales professionals are based in EMEA and approximately 60 of our sales professionals are based in Asia.

Our sales force compensation and incentive structure is designed to ensure alignment between the goals of the sales representatives and those of our overall business. All sales representatives earn a fixed base salary and variable rewards based on performance. We believe sales force compensation alignment is a key driver of the success of our business.

Table of Contents

Customer Pricing Processes

We use data-driven pricing strategies, which enable our product managers to determine product pricing through the use of systems and tools that provide a view on relative market pricing across a number of factors including end markets, geography, packaging type and volume. Product managers, whose main responsibility is to develop and build supplier relationships, also develop a broad understanding of suppliers’ product offerings and the market’s needs. We have empowered these managers with pricing decisions and they work closely with our sales team to structure pricing to provide an optimal balance of price and volume which maximizes profitability. The following is a description of our customers by line of business:


•	Chemicals. Our Chemicals customer base ranges from some of the largest global chemical companies to smaller regional, private companies. No single Chemicals customer generally accounts for more than 3.0% of Chemicals sales, annually, while the five largest customers by value represent less than approximately 6.0% of Chemicals sales on an annual basis.


•	Plastics. Our Plastics customer base is diverse and serves a variety of end markets. No single Plastics customer generally accounts for more than 1.0% of Plastics sales, annually, while the five largest customers by value represent less than approximately 3.0% of Plastics sales on an annual basis.

•

Environmental Services. The customer base for our Environmental Services line of business includes customers who generate hazardous and non-hazardous waste in North America. No single Environmental Services customer accounts for more than 9.0% of Environmental Services sales, annually, while the five largest customers generally account for less than approximately 20.0% of Environmental Services sales on an annual basis.

Contracts

Our customer contracts for the sale of chemicals and plastics products are generally framework agreements that do not provide for an obligation to buy or sell. We use the agreements to define the general terms and conditions of sale and set volume expectations, pricing and price change mechanisms. The final terms of sale for each purchase are negotiated at the time of sale unless otherwise established by the terms of the contract. Consistent with industry standards, we may offer volume-based incentives to large customers if the customer purchases a specified volume with us over a specified time period. Our customer contracts for the provision of environmental services are generally framework agreements pursuant to which we provide environmental services from time to time, with fees agreed at the time the service is provided. These contracts are generally terminable by either party with or without cause upon 30 days’ notice. Additionally, our on-site environmental services contracts are typically term-based arrangements, with fee structures negotiated at the time of execution.

Value-Added Services

In addition to our products, we provide a range of value-added services, including mixing and blending to specific customer requirements, lab testing and analysis, formulating, repackaging from large to small quantities, vendor inventory management and technical support. We continue to look for ways to profitably expand our value-added services to differentiate our company and create competitive advantages.

Three key services we offer are repackaging, custom blending and lab services. Our hub facilities handle large quantities of materials, usually receiving shipments by railcar or tank truck. Bulk deliveries are often repackaged into smaller containers, such as gaylords, totes and drums, which are in turn delivered to customers by truck. Our custom blending capabilities include buying in bulk from our large base of suppliers, lab testing for product customization and blending of numerous products to meet customer specifications. Our labs provide product testing services to our customers in the form of chemical analysis and product performance analysis. We employ a team of scientists and experienced formulation experts to help customers with product development, failure analysis and other technical support in a broad range of chemical and product applications.

Table of Contents

Information Technology

Information technology is an important component of our business. Highly sophisticated systems are needed to facilitate the volume of customer orders, global sourcing, customer relations, distribution-related logistics, regulatory compliance, risk management controls and financial reporting. With the exception of our subsidiary in China, our ERP system is used across the Company. We believe the advanced data gathering and analysis capabilities of our ERP system and the efficiencies it provides enable us to operate flexibly and create significant advantages across the supply chain. Our ERP system also provides advanced volume forecasting, enabling us to forecast rolling weekly volumes, anticipate demand shift fluctuations and quickly respond to rapidly changing customer needs. This capability helps our suppliers by providing reliable and accurate demand forecasts that result in improved efficiency, flexibility and faster execution. These daily forecasts also translate into better pricing as they allow for optimization of production schedules.

Working Capital

Our Chemicals and Plastics lines of business generally require significant working capital to purchase products from suppliers and sell those materials to our customers. We believe that distributors of chemicals and plastics products typically manage working capital by focusing on terms of purchase and sale, collection efforts and inventory management.

As discussed above under "—Information Technology," we generally manage working capital by utilizing our ERP system, which enables us to forecast rolling weekly volumes, anticipate demand shift fluctuations and quickly respond to rapidly changing customer needs for the majority of our operations. This platform, combined with our product management department as further described in "—Supplier Relationships—Product Line Management and Purchasing," enables us to efficiently manage working capital. We further manage working capital by focusing on terms of purchase and sale, evaluating the creditworthiness of customers when extending trade credit, utilizing systematic collection efforts and managing inventory to closely match demand and meet required customer service levels.

Seasonality

Seasonal changes may affect our business and results of operations. We serve a large number of customers in a broad range of end markets and our business trends follow the seasonality patterns exhibited by these end markets and customers. For example, the fourth calendar quarter of each year (which is our first fiscal quarter) tends to be the quarter in which we realize lower sales across all of our businesses because industrial production tends to be seasonally lower. Our business may also be affected by our suppliers’ decisions regarding seasonal capacity and production.

Competition

The chemicals and plastics distribution markets we operate in are highly fragmented. The primary competitive factors affecting each of our lines of business are the diversity and quality of the product portfolio, service offerings, reliability of services and supply, technical support and price and delivery capabilities. In addition, producers represent another source of competition, as many elect to distribute products through direct sales as opposed to indirect distributors. For some of the markets in which we operate, if large chemical producers elect to limit or consolidate their outsourcing of distribution, partner with other distributors or distribute their products directly to end-user customers, competition would increase. Additionally, competition could increase from producers reducing their level of distribution outsourcing to maintain profit margin during periods of poor macroeconomic factors and pricing weakness, particularly for commodity products that require nominal service complexity to the end-user customer. We believe that our reputation, the broad range of product offerings from our suppliers and our speed and responsiveness, coupled with our valued-added services and the breadth of our distribution network, allow us to compete effectively and achieve scale benefits.

Chemicals

Our principal Chemicals distribution competitors in North America include Univar Inc., Brenntag AG, ICC Chemicals, Harcros and Hydrite. Additionally, our Chemicals line of business competes with many regional and local companies throughout North America as well as a number of smaller companies in certain niche markets.

Only a small number of Chemicals competitors have substantial international operations. Our principal large international Chemicals competitors are Brenntag AG and Univar Inc.

Table of Contents

Plastics

Our primary Plastics distribution competitors in North America are PolyOne Distribution, Entec Polymers, M. Holland Company and Channel Prime Alliance. Our primary Plastics competitors in EMEA are Albis, Biesterfeld, Schulman, Distrupol and Resinex and Ultrapolymers, both of which are distribution divisions of Ravago. Our primary Plastics competitors in Asia are Nagase and NCM Polymers.

Environmental Services

The primary competitors of our Environmental Services line of business are Clean Harbors and Waste Management.

Employees

At September 30, 2016, we had approximately 2,520 employees worldwide, with approximately 2,090 employees in the United States, approximately 100 employees in Canada, approximately 170 employees in EMEA, approximately 140 employees in Asia, and approximately 20 employees in other countries. In the United States, approximately 150 of our employees are represented by unions in six locations representing seven bargaining units, five of which are affiliated with the International Brotherhood of Teamsters and two of which are affiliated with the United Steelworkers.

Regulatory Matters

We are subject to extensive regulation by federal, state and local governments and similar international agencies relating to the manufacture, sale and distribution of our products. These regulations govern the manufacture, use, labeling, packaging, storage and distribution of chemicals and hazardous substances. We are also subject to domestic and international import, export and customs regulations, and statutes and regulations relating to government contracting. In addition, we are subject to extensive environmental laws and other regulations concerning, among other things, emissions to the air, discharges to land, and water and the generation, handling, storage, transportation, treatment and disposal of non-hazardous and hazardous waste in various federal, state, local and foreign jurisdictions, including EMEA and Asia. We are also subject to other federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations regarding health and safety matters. Below is a summary of certain of these regulations.

Environmental

We operate in a number of domestic and foreign jurisdictions and are subject to various types of governmental regulation relating to the protection of the environment. Such regulation comes in the form of federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations concerning such issues as the handling, storage and transportation of chemicals, release of pollutants into the air, soil and water, disposal of hazardous and non-hazardous wastes, remediation of contaminated sites, protection of workers from exposure to hazardous substances and the public disclosure of information regarding environmental hazards. Some aspects of our businesses also require us to maintain various environmental permits and licenses. We believe that we are in substantial compliance with all applicable environmental laws, regulations and permits; however, environmental compliance costs in the form of compliance with regulations, remediation obligations, capital improvements, operating expenses and/or limitations on operations can be substantial.

Many of the environmental laws and regulations affecting our operations are focused on preventing and remediating impacts to air, soil or water resulting from the release of regulated materials. Past operations at some of our facilities have resulted in the contamination of soil and groundwater, some of which require remediation. Under the ADA Purchase Agreement, Ashland retained liability for known remediation obligations related to its ownership and operation of the Distribution Business before the closing date of the Ashland Distribution Acquisition and all other environmental remediation liabilities arising prior to the closing date of the Ashland Distribution Acquisition for which Ashland received notice on or before March 31, 2016. Beginning April 1, 2016, the Predecessor assumed responsibility for all newly reported or discovered contamination and is required to indemnify Ashland should Ashland incur any expense related to such newly reported or discovered contamination, excluding liabilities known to require remediation prior to the closing date. Ashland will not indemnify the Predecessor for any environmental conditions arising from the Predecessor's ownership and operation of the Distribution Business after the closing date of the Ashland Distribution Acquisition. We may also discover new or previously unknown contamination for which we may not be indemnified by Ashland. In those cases, and in situations where Ashland does not fulfill its indemnification obligations to us, we may be responsible for substantial remediation costs at or associated with our facilities. See also "Item 3. Legal Proceedings."

Table of Contents

Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act

In the United States, CERCLA and analogous state laws regulate the remediation of certain contaminated sites and establish liability for the release of hazardous substances and related damages to natural resources from such sites. Under CERCLA, potentially responsible parties (including waste generators, waste transporters, and parties arranging for waste disposal) are subject to strict and, in certain circumstances, joint and several liability, for the cost of remediating contaminated sites. Our Chemicals and Environmental Services lines of business involve handling products and conducting waste disposal activities, which could subject us to CERCLA liability.

In addition, we currently provide indemnification related to waste disposal activities to some of our Environmental Services customers for liabilities that such customers may incur under certain environmental laws, including CERCLA.

Resource Conservation and Recovery Act

RCRA and analogous state laws regulate the generation, transportation, treatment, storage and disposal of hazardous waste. RCRA also establishes the regulatory framework for the management of certain non-hazardous wastes. RCRA requires owners and operators of hazardous waste treatment, storage and disposal facilities to obtain a RCRA permit. These permits may include both remedial action and operational conditions. RCRA requires owners and operators of regulated facilities to investigate and remediate hazardous waste releases and to demonstrate compliance with financial assurance requirements. The financial assurance requirements are designed to ensure that adequate financial resources exist to respond to any releases of hazardous wastes at a permitted site and to perform any necessary corrective action and permanent site closure activities. Several of our facilities are subject to RCRA permits and some are undergoing corrective action to address releases of regulated materials as required under their permits. While we were required to assume responsibility for corrective action at a few sites in connection with the Predecessor's transfer of the business from Ashland to the Predecessor, Ashland agreed to continue to perform the ongoing corrective actions at these sites until they are completed and to indemnify the Predecessor for any costs necessary to complete these actions. However, we retain responsibility for any RCRA violations resulting from our own operations.

Clean Air Act

CAA and analogous state laws establish a variety of programs designed to regulate the discharge of pollutants into the air. Under these laws, permits may be required before construction can commence on any new or modified source that has the potential to emit a significant amount of any regulated pollutant, such as nitrogen oxides and volatile organic compounds. Additionally, we may be required to register with state environmental agencies, monitor and report emissions, and install new or improved emission control equipment in certain situations, including for existing sources of air emissions. Furthermore, CAA may require that we obtain federal operating permits for any major sources of air pollution, which incorporate applicable pollution control requirements and require reporting and certification obligations. CAA also requires owners and operators of facilities that produce, handle, process, distribute, or store threshold quantities of chemicals to implement and update detailed risk management plans, which must be filed with and approved by the EPA. We could be required to incur additional expenditures to comply with CAA, including costs to install and operate emissions control equipment at our facilities.

Clean Water Act

The EPA regulates discharges of pollutants into waters of the United States through the CWA. Pursuant to the CWA, the EPA establishes wastewater standards and water quality standards for contaminants discharged into surface waters such as streams, rivers and lakes. The discharge of any regulated pollutant from point sources (such as pipes and manmade ditches) into the waters of the U.S. is prohibited without a state or federally issued discharge permit. Several of our facilities are currently subject to and must comply with CWA permit limitations on the discharge of industrial wastewater and stormwater.

Table of Contents

Toxic Substances Control Act

The TSCA authorizes the EPA to require chemical manufacturers, importers, and exporters to comply with reporting, record keeping, testing, and other requirements relating to chemical substances or mixtures. The TSCA is primarily designed to ensure that certain chemicals do not pose an unreasonable risk to human health or the environment. The TSCA Chemical Substances Inventory, which is maintained by the EPA, lists approximately 85,000 covered chemical substances. Before a chemical substance can enter interstate commerce (either through manufacture or importation), the EPA must review and approve the substance’s pre-manufacture notice. As part of that review process, the EPA may identify conditions—up to and including a ban on production—limiting the use of a chemical substance before it enters commerce. The TSCA also requires the testing of chemicals by manufacturers, importers and processors and requires those importing or exporting chemicals to comply with certification reporting and recordkeeping requirements. The TSCA also requires that any chemical distributor having information reasonably suggesting a substantial risk of injury to health or the environment must notify the EPA immediately. The TSCA reform legislation enacted in June, 2016 expanded EPA's authority to review and regulate new and existing chemicals. In addition, when we import chemicals into the United States or export chemicals out of the United States, we must comply with the TSCA’s import certification and export notice requirements. We must also comply with the TSCA’s various recordkeeping requirements.

Emergency Planning and Community Right-To-Know Act

The EPCRA requires facilities manufacturing, processing, or storing designated hazardous chemicals to report certain information about their products to state and local officials and fire departments. These reporting obligations are intended to assist state and local governments in developing emergency response plans in the case of a chemical release and to provide information to the public regarding the type and amount of toxic or hazardous chemicals stored at a particular facility. In addition, facilities releasing toxic chemicals into the environment above certain thresholds must report such releases to the EPA as part of the facilities’ "Toxics Release Inventory." Because many of our chemical distribution facilities handle hazardous chemicals, we are subject to the reporting requirements under the EPCRA.

Chemical Facility Anti-Terrorism Standards

DHS regulates the security of certain high-risk chemicals facilities through CFATS. CFATS utilizes a Chemical Security Assessment Tool to identify those chemical facilities potentially deemed "high risk." The first step is user registration, followed by the completion of a top-screen evaluation. The top-screen evaluation analyzes whether a facility stores regulated chemicals above specified thresholds. If it does, the facility must complete a Security Vulnerability Assessment, which examines the likelihood that a threat against a facility will be successful. From there, the facility must develop a Site Security Plan to respond to any identified security vulnerabilities. The Site Security Plan must address such matters as access control, personnel credentialing, recordkeeping, employee training, emergency response, testing of security equipment, reporting of security incidents and suspicious activity, and deterring, detecting and delaying potential attacks. DHS must review and approve or deny all Security Vulnerability Assessments and Site Security Plans. CFATS also requires regulated facilities to keep detailed security records and allow DHS the right to enter, inspect, and audit the property, equipment, operations and records of such facilities. Our facilities handle a number of chemical substances subject to CFATS security requirements, and thus, some of our facilities must comply with its site security requirements. Other legislative and regulatory initiatives designed to minimize the vulnerability of chemical storage and transportation assets could result in increased regulation of our industry, potentially imposing additional limitations on our operations and causing us to incur higher operating and compliance costs.

Regulation of the Transportation of Hazardous Materials

The transportation of hazardous materials is a significant part of our business and is regulated by the Department of Transportation under the FHMTL and its implementing regulations, the HMR. The HMR regulate the handling of hazardous materials, hazardous wastes, hazardous substances, and marine pollutants, and establish rules applicable to myriad aspects of the transportation process, including employee training, incident notification, labeling and placarding of shipments, shipment preparation, carriage of hazardous materials, emergency response and the development of safety and security plans. Several Department of Transportation agencies, including the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, the Federal Aviation Administration, the Federal Railroad Administration, the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration and the U.S. Coast Guard share responsibility for enforcing the FHMTL.

Table of Contents

Certain international standards and regulations also govern the transportation of hazardous materials shipments within, to, and from the U.S. Such regulations include the International Civil Aviation Organization’s 132 Technical Instructions for the Safe Transport of Dangerous Goods by Air, the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code, Transport Canada’s Transportation of Dangerous Goods Regulations and the International Atomic Energy Agency Regulations for the Safe Transport of Radioactive Materials. These standards and regulations prescribe, among other things, requirements for packaging, maximum weight and handling of hazardous materials. U.S. agencies have sought to harmonize their rules with international standards and regulations, but when hazardous materials are transported to, from, and within the U.S. in accordance with one or more of these international standards or regulations, U.S. HMR requirements must still be followed.

The majority of our logistics services, including transport of hazardous materials, involve highway transportation. The Transportation Security Administration requires any driver seeking to obtain, renew, or transfer a hazardous materials endorsement on a state-issued commercial driver’s license to undergo a security threat assessment. Additionally, under the Transportation Worker Identification Credential program, workers, including truckers, requiring unescorted access to maritime facilities must be issued tamper-resistant biometric credentials to access such facilities.

Like environmental regulations, the regulations governing the transportation of hazardous materials are often subject to modification. For example, the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration recently amended the HMR to remove the packing group II designation for certain organic peroxides, self-reactive substances and explosives and revised the requirements for the packaging of nitric acid and for the testing of pressure relief devices on cargo tanks. Hazardous Materials: Miscellaneous Amendments (RRR), 81 Fed. Reg. 35,484 (June 2, 2016). Portions of the rulemaking are subject to pending administrative appeals with the agency. In addition, the Federal Railroad Administration has strengthened regulations regarding security and control over railcars that transport certain classes of flammable, combustible, or explosive liquids and gases. Compliance with new regulations on the transportation of hazardous materials could adversely affect our business by raising our compliance and operational costs.

Occupational Safety and Health Regulations

We are subject to the OSH Act, which addresses safety and health in workplace environments. In addition to the OSH Act, we are subject to applicable state occupational safety and health regulations as well as the safety and health rules of applicable jurisdictions outside of the U.S, such as the Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System in Canada.

The OSH Act is administered by OSHA, which has established maximum workplace chemical exposure levels. Manufacturers and distributors of chemicals must employ a hazard communication program utilizing labels and other forms of warnings, as well as safety data sheets, setting forth safety and hazardous materials information to employees and customers. OSHA’s Hazard Communication Standard covers both physical hazards (such as flammability or the potential for explosions) and health hazards. Employers are required to provide a certain level of training to ensure that relevant employees are equipped to properly handle chemicals. OSHA has modified its Hazard Communication Standard to make it consistent with the United Nation’s Globally Harmonized System of Classification and Labeling of Chemicals. The new standards include more specific requirements for hazard classification, as well as standardized label components that provide consistent information and definitions for hazardous chemicals and a standard approach to conveying information on safety data sheets. OSHA requires companies to comply with most provisions of the revised Hazard Communication Standard by June 1, 2015 and our Chemicals line of business has already completed its transition to the revised Hazard Communication Standard.

For our Canadian Chemicals and Plastics line of business, we are in the process of transitioning to Canada's revised Hazard Communication Standard. In Canada, a phase-in period is currently underway during which companies can choose to comply with either the existing or the revised Hazard Communication Standard and we expect to complete this transition within the deadline. However, the Hazard Communication Standard remains subject to periodic updates and revisions, and those changes, as well as other regulatory initiatives in occupational health and safety, could result in increased operation and compliance costs.

Product Control

We operate in a number of domestic and foreign jurisdictions and are subject to various types of governmental regulation relating to manufacture, use, labeling, packaging, storage and distribution of chemicals and hazardous substances. Statutes and regulations governing the import, export and control of our products are enforced by government agencies such as the U.S. Customs and Border Protection, the Drug Enforcement Administration, the Department of Homeland Security, the Department of Commerce, the Department of Transportation, the Food and Drug Administration, the Department of Agriculture and similar international agencies.

Table of Contents

We believe that we are in compliance in all material respects with federal, state and local regulations relating to the manufacture, sale, distribution, import and export of our products. We have automated systems, processes and procedures in place to support compliance with these regulations, and because we have these automated systems, processes and procedures in place, we believe we conduct our global business in compliance in all material respects with applicable statutes and regulations as promulgated in the countries into which we sell our products. Although we believe we are in compliance in all material respects with such laws and regulations, any non-compliance could result in substantial fines or otherwise restrict our ability to conduct our business.

Intellectual Property

We are not substantially dependent upon patents, trademarks or licenses.

Insurance

Our operations are subject to significant hazards and risks inherent in the transportation, storage and disposal of chemicals and other potentially hazardous materials. We seek to mitigate these risks with effective industry-specific risk management techniques that include continuing and improving upon current loss prevention, claims management and training programs as well as a comprehensive insurance program. We have insurance coverage at levels that we consider adequate for our worldwide facilities and activities. Our insurance policies cover, among others, the following categories of risk: property damage and business interruption; marine cargo throughput, product and general liability; environmental liability; directors’ and officers’ liability and fraud and crime/theft.

Available Information

We electronically file reports with the SEC, including annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to such reports. The public may read and copy any materials that we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an internet site that contains reports and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at www.sec.gov. Additionally, information about us, including our reports filed with the SEC, is available through our website at www.nexeosolutions.com. Such reports are accessible at no charge through our website and are made available as soon as reasonably practicable after such reports are filed with or furnished to the SEC. Our website and the information contained on that site, or connected to that site, are not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

We are subject to certain risks and hazards due to the nature of the business activities we conduct. Although it is not possible to identify all of the risks we encounter, we have identified the following significant risk factors that could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, cash flows or results of operations.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

We face competition from other companies, which places downward pressure on prices and profitability.

We operate in highly competitive markets and compete against a large number of domestic and foreign companies. Competitiveness is based on several key criteria, including product performance and quality, product price, product availability, product handling and storage capabilities, the ability to understand customer product development processes and respond to their needs, delivery capabilities and customer service, including technical support. In addition, competitors’ pricing decisions could compel us to decrease our prices, which could negatively affect our profitability. Furthermore, producers sometimes elect to distribute their products directly to end-user customers, rather than rely on indirect distributors like us. While we do not believe that our results depend materially on access to any individual producer’s products, a significant increase in the number of suppliers electing to serve customers directly could result in less revenue and gross profit for us either due to competitive pressure from suppliers or products becoming unavailable to us or both.

Certain competitors are significantly larger than us and may have greater financial resources. As a result, these competitors may be better able to withstand changes in market and industry conditions, including changes in the prices of raw materials and general economic conditions.

Table of Contents

The prices of the products we purchase and sell are volatile.

Rising or otherwise volatile raw material prices for our suppliers, especially those of hydrocarbon derivatives, may cause costs to increase or may result in volatility in our profitability. Also, costs associated with the distribution of our products fluctuate in the same direction as fuel and other transport-related costs. Our ability to pass on increases in our costs to our customers is dependent upon market conditions, such as the presence of competitors in particular geographic and product markets and of the prevailing pricing mechanisms in customer contracts.

Many of our products are commodities or include significant commodity content; however, we have no control over the changing market value of the commodities. For example, excess supplies or changes in demand of crude oil-based and/or natural gas-based feedstocks may cause base commodity chemical product prices to fall. This could subsequently result in a drop in prices for propylene and ethylene-based plastics product prices to fall. We also typically maintain significant inventories of the products we sell in order to meet our customers’ service level requirements. Declining prices, particularly rapid declines like those that occurred at times during fiscal year 2015, typically cause customers to reduce inventories and wait for lower prices in anticipation of continued falling prices. Additionally, rapidly declining prices can cause our inventory value to be higher than market and subject us to impairment charges. As a result of these factors, we are subject to price risk with respect to our product inventories. We use an ERP system to forecast customer demand based on historical practices and collaborate with customers to enhance the accuracy of these forecasts; however, significant unanticipated changes in market conditions can affect future product demand, which could materially and adversely affect the value of our inventory. If we overestimate demand and purchase too much of a particular product when customers are reducing/minimizing their purchases, we face a risk that the price of that product will fall, leaving us with inventory that we cannot profitably sell. As a result, our sales volumes and gross profit may decline.

If we underestimate demand and do not purchase sufficient quantities of a particular product and prices of that product rise, we could be forced to purchase that product at a higher price in order to satisfy customer demand for that product, but we may not be able to increase pricing to our customers resulting in reduced profitability.

Volatility in product prices also affects our borrowing base under the ABL Facility. A decline in prices of our products reduces the value of our product inventory collateral, which, in turn, may reduce the amount available for us to borrow under the ABL Facility.

Many of our contracts with suppliers and customers are terminable upon notice.

Our revenue stream is variable because it is primarily generated as customers place orders and customers may change their requirements or cancel their orders. We generally enter into framework agreements with customers and suppliers that set out volume and other performance expectations over the term of the contract, but purchases and sales of products are usually made by placing individual purchase orders based on customer demand or forecasts. Since many of our contracts with both suppliers and customers do not include firm obligations to buy or sell products or are otherwise terminable upon notice, we might in certain instances be unable to meet our customers’ orders, which could harm our business relationships and reputation and result in reduced profitability. In circumstances where customers terminate contracts or cancel orders, we may be unable to find alternative buyers for the materials we purchased and may be forced to hold such materials in inventory. Our gross profit could be negatively affected if suppliers or customers renegotiate contractual terms to our disadvantage. Additionally, while some of our relationships for the distribution and sale of specialty chemicals have exclusivity or preference provisions, we may be unable to enforce these provisions effectively for legal or business reasons.

We are affected by demand fluctuations and other developments in the broader economy, including any prolonged economic crisis.

Our businesses mainly service clients in North America, EMEA and Asia, specifically China, making us vulnerable to downturns in those economies. Our sales and gross profits could decline as a result of economic recessions, changes in industrial production processes or consumer preferences, significant episodes of inflation, fluctuations in interest and currency exchange rates, and changes in the fiscal or monetary policies of governments in North America, EMEA and Asia, specifically China. See also "—We are exposed to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates" and "—Our substantial international operations subject us to risks of doing business in foreign countries."

General economic conditions and macroeconomic trends could also negatively affect the creditworthiness of our customers, which could increase our credit risk with respect to our trade receivables. Similarly, volatility and disruption in financial markets could limit our customers’ ability to obtain financing necessary to maintain or expand their own operations, thereby reducing demand for our products.

Table of Contents

Disruptions in the supply of or an inability to supply the products that we distribute could result in a loss of customers or damage to our reputation.

Our business depends on access to adequate supplies of the products that our customers purchase from us. From time to time, we may be unable to access adequate quantities of certain products because of supply disruptions due to natural disasters, extreme weather, industrial accidents, scheduled and unscheduled production outages, high demand leading to allocation, port closures and other transportation disruptions and other circumstances beyond our control. These types of events could negatively affect our results of operations.

We purchase certain products and raw materials from suppliers, often pursuant to written supply contracts. If those suppliers are unable to fulfill our orders timely or choose to terminate or otherwise avoid contractual arrangements, we may not be able to obtain the products from alternate sources. The loss of one or more significant suppliers or a supplier of certain key products, or a significant change in the business strategies of our suppliers could disrupt our supply of the products our customers purchase from us. If we are unable to obtain and retain qualified suppliers under commercially acceptable terms, our ability to deliver products in a timely, competitive and profitable manner could be adversely affected.

Further, if our forecasts are below actual market demand, or if market demand increases significantly beyond our forecasts, then we may not be able to satisfy customer product needs, which may cause our customers to purchase their products from our competitors and could result in a loss of market share.

Additionally, domestic and global government regulations related to the manufacture or transport of certain products may impede our ability to obtain those products on commercially reasonable terms.

If for any reason we experience widespread, systemic difficulties in filling our customers’ orders, we also face the risk of customer dissatisfaction, possible loss of customers, damage to our reputation, or paying a supplier a higher price in order to obtain the needed products on short notice, any of which could result in loss of revenues and lower profitability.

We are exposed to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates.

A portion of our sales and costs of sales are denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of our subsidiaries, exposing us to currency transaction risk. Additionally, because we report our consolidated results in U.S. dollars, the results of operations and the financial position of our international operations, which are generally reported in the relevant local currencies, are then translated into U.S. dollars at the applicable exchange rates for inclusion in our consolidated financial statements, exposing us to currency translation risk. Consequently, any change in exchange rates between our foreign operations’ functional currencies and the U.S. dollar will affect our consolidated statements of operations and balance sheets when the results of those operating companies are translated into U.S. dollars for reporting purposes. For example, during fiscal year 2016, our most significant currency exposures were to the euro, the CAD and the RMB and our results of operations were negatively impacted due to these exposures. The exchange rates between these and other foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar may fluctuate substantially, and these fluctuations may have an adverse effect on our results of operations in future periods. See "Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk."

We require significant working capital.

We have significant working capital needs, as the nature of our business requires us to purchase and maintain inventories that enable us to fulfill customer demand. In addition, we extend a significant amount of trade credit to our customers to purchase our products. Increases in the price of the products we purchase from suppliers or our selling prices to customers could result in increased working capital needs, as it is more expensive to maintain inventories and extend trade credit, which could adversely affect our liquidity and cash flows. We generally finance our working capital needs through cash flows from operations and borrowings under our ABL Facility. If we are unable to finance our working capital needs on the same or more favorable terms going forward, or if our working capital requirements increase and we are unable to finance the increase, we may not be able to purchase the products required by our customers or extend them the credit they require to purchase our products, which could result in a loss of sales.

Table of Contents

The amount of borrowings permitted under the ABL Facility may fluctuate significantly, which may adversely affect our liquidity, results of operations and financial condition.

The amount of borrowings permitted at any time under the ABL Facility is limited by a borrowing base that is comprised of the value of our and certain of our subsidiaries' eligible inventories and accounts receivable. As a result, our access to credit under the ABL Facility is potentially subject to significant fluctuations depending on the value of the eligible assets in the borrowing base as of any valuation date. The inability to borrow under the ABL Facility may adversely affect our liquidity, results of operations and financial condition.

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash flows to service all of our indebtedness and may be forced to take other actions in order to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, which may not be successful.

Our ability to make scheduled payments on, or to refinance, our debt obligations will depend on our financial and operating performance, which is subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and certain financial, business and other factors beyond our control. There can be no assurance that our business will generate sufficient cash flows from operating activities or that future sources of capital will be available to us in an amount sufficient to permit us to service our indebtedness or to fund our other liquidity needs. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flows to satisfy our debt obligations, we may have to undertake alternative financing plans, such as refinancing or restructuring some or all of our indebtedness, selling assets, reducing or delaying capital investments or seeking to raise additional capital. We cannot assure you that any refinancing would be possible, that any assets could be sold or, if sold, of the timing of the sales and the amount of proceeds that may be realized from these sales, or that additional financing could be obtained on acceptable terms, if at all. Our inability to generate sufficient cash flows to satisfy our debt obligations, or to refinance our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms, would materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations and our ability to satisfy our obligations under the Credit Facilities.

In addition, if we cannot make scheduled payments on our indebtedness, we will be in default and, as a result:


•	our debt holders could declare all outstanding principal and interest to be due and payable;


•	the lenders under the ABL Facility could terminate their commitments to lend us money and foreclose against the assets securing their borrowings;


•	the lenders under the Term Loan Facility and our other secured lenders could foreclose against the assets securing their borrowings; and


•	we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation.

Despite our current level of indebtedness, we may incur substantially more indebtedness in the future, which could further exacerbate the risks described above. At September 30, 2016, we had $834.3 million of principal amount of debt outstanding. In addition, we have $273.8 million of borrowings available under the ABL Facility, and under the terms of the Credit Facilities and subject to our continued compliance with specified ratios, we have the option:


•	under the ABL Facility, to raise up to $175.0 million of incremental or increased revolving credit commitments; and


•	under the Term Loan Facility, to raise incremental term loans.

If borrowed, these incremental commitments and loans would be senior secured indebtedness. Furthermore, we and our subsidiary guarantors are permitted to incur additional unsecured indebtedness under the Credit Facilities, subject to borrowing base availability, which could intensify the related risks that we and our subsidiaries now face.

Table of Contents

Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under our indebtedness.

At September 30, 2016, we had $834.3 million of principal amount of debt outstanding, a portion of which is secured by eligible inventory and accounts receivable totaling $606.9 million at September 30, 2016. In addition, at September 30, 2016, we had available capacity of $273.8 million under our ABL Facility for additional borrowings. Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences with respect to our business, including the following:


•	increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions and limiting our ability to adjust rapidly to changing market conditions;


•	requiring us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flows from operations to pay principal and interest on our indebtedness, which would reduce the availability of cash to fund working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other future business opportunities that could affect the execution of our growth strategy;


•	negatively impacting the terms on which customers or suppliers do business with us or alternatively requiring us to provide such customers or suppliers with credit support;


•	placing us at a competitive disadvantage as compared to our competitors that have less debt; and


•	exposing us to risks associated with interest rate fluctuations, which could result in increased interest expense if interest rates rise and we have to borrow additional funds under our variable interest rate Credit Facilities.

In addition, there can be no assurance that our business will generate sufficient cash flows from our operations in the future to service our indebtedness and to meet our other cash needs.

Restrictive covenants in our financing documents may adversely affect our operations.

Our Credit Facilities contain a number of restrictive covenants that impose operating and financial restrictions on us and may limit our ability to engage in acts that may be in our long-term best interest, including our ability to:


•	incur or assume additional debt or provide guarantees in respect of obligations of other persons;


•	issue redeemable stock and preferred stock;


•	pay dividends or distributions or redeem or repurchase capital stock;


•	prepay, redeem or repurchase debt;


•	make loans, investments and capital expenditures;


•	incur liens;


•	engage in sale/leaseback transactions;


•	restrict distributions from our subsidiaries;


•	sell assets and capital stock of our subsidiaries;


•	consolidate or merge with or into another entity, or sell substantially all of our assets; and


•	enter into new lines of business.

A breach of the covenants under the Credit Facilities could result in an event of default under the Credit Facilities and our other indebtedness. An event of default under the Credit Facilities would permit the lenders under the facilities to declare all amounts outstanding under the facilities to be immediately due and payable and terminate all commitments to extend further credit. If we were unable to repay those amounts, the lenders under the Credit Facilities could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure the borrowings under the facilities.

Table of Contents

We depend on transportation and storage assets, some of which we do not own, in order to store and deliver products to our customers.

Although we maintain a significant portfolio of owned and leased transportation assets in North America, including trucks, tankers, railcars, barges and trailers, we also rely on transportation provided by third parties, such as common carriers, to deliver products to our customers. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016, common carriers accounted for 33.6% of deliveries from our North American warehouses. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016, we leased 11 of our 52 distribution facilities and operated through more than 100 third party operated warehouses. In addition, in EMEA and Asia, we operated through third party operated transportation assets and warehouses for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016.

Our access to third party transportation and storage is not guaranteed, and we may be unable to transport or store products at economically attractive rates or at all in certain circumstances, particularly in cases of adverse market conditions, such as shortages in transportation or storage capacity or disruptions to transportation infrastructure. We could also be subject to increased costs associated with transportation and storage that we may not always be able to recover from our customers, including fluctuating fuel prices, labor shortages and unexpected increases in the charges imposed by common carriers and other third parties involved in transportation. Strikes or other service interruptions by third party transporters could also cause our operating expenses to rise and adversely affect our ability to deliver products on a timely basis. Any condition which results in our inability to store and deliver products to our customers for a prolonged period of time or our failure to deliver products in a timely manner, could harm our business relationships, reputation and brand and render portions of our business unprofitable.

We rely on the proper functioning of our computer and data processing systems and a large-scale malfunction could result in disruptions to our business.

We use an integrated ERP system to manage complexity across our supply chain by processing transactions and financial data in real-time, including ordering, purchasing, inventory management and delivery information. The proper functioning of our ERP platform and related IT systems is critical to the successful operation of our business and the implementation of our business strategies. Computer and data processing systems are susceptible to malfunctions and disruptions, including due to equipment damage, power outages, computer viruses and a range of other hardware, software and network problems. We cannot guarantee that we will not experience any malfunctions or disruptions in the future. A significant or large-scale malfunction or interruption of our computer or data processing systems could adversely affect our ability to keep our operations running effectively, including our ability to process orders, properly forecast customer demand, receive and ship products, maintain inventories, collect account receivables and pay expenses, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, cash flows or results of operations.

We may be unable to identify, purchase or integrate desirable acquisition targets. Future acquisitions may not be successful and we may not realize the anticipated cost savings, revenue enhancements or other synergies from any such acquisition.

We plan to investigate and acquire strategic businesses with the potential to be accretive to earnings, increase our market penetration, strengthen our market position or enhance our existing product offerings. There can be no assurance that we will identify or successfully complete transactions with suitable acquisition candidates in the future. A failure to identify and acquire desirable acquisition targets may slow our growth.

Additionally, if we were to undertake a substantial acquisition, the acquisition would likely need to be financed in part through additional financing from banks, through public offerings or private placements of debt or equity securities or through other arrangements. There can be no assurance that the necessary acquisition financing would be available to us on acceptable terms if and when required.

Table of Contents

There also can be no assurance that any already completed acquisitions will be successful. We could have difficulty integrating the operations, systems, management and other personnel, technology and internal controls of a new acquisition with our own. These difficulties could disrupt our ongoing business, distract our management and employees, increase our expenses and adversely affect our results of operations. Matters related to integration may also delay and/or jeopardize strategic initiatives in place to enhance profitability. We may also experience an adverse impact on our operations and revenues if acquisition or integration activities disrupt key customer and supplier relationships or if we fail to retain, motivate and integrate key management and other employees of acquired businesses. Even if we are able to integrate successfully, we may not be able to realize the potential cost savings, synergies and revenue enhancements that were anticipated from any acquisition, either in the amount or within the time frame that we expected, and the costs of achieving these benefits may be higher than, and the timing may differ from, what we expected. Furthermore, the entities that we acquire in the future may not maintain effective systems of internal controls, or we may encounter difficulties integrating our system of internal controls with those of any acquired entities, which could prevent us from meeting our reporting obligations.

In connection with any acquisitions, we may acquire liabilities that may not adequately be covered by insurance or an enforceable indemnity or similar agreement from a creditworthy counterparty. As a result, we may be responsible for significant out-of-pocket expenditures and these liabilities, if they materialize, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

The service of key employees or our inability to attract new key employees could adversely affect our business.

We may have difficulty locating, hiring and retaining qualified and experienced employees, including managerial, sales, sourcing and technical support personnel. This could have an adverse effect on our ability to operate and grow our business. Additionally, the loss of employees who manage key customer and supplier relationships or key products could negatively affect our ability to sell and support our business effectively, which could negatively impact our results of operations. This could be particularly true in certain foreign jurisdictions or with recent acquisitions where legacy relationships are important to the viability of the business.

We may fail to extend or renegotiate our collective bargaining agreements with our labor unions as they expire from time to time, and disputes with our labor unions may arise or our unionized employees may engage in a strike or other work stoppage.

As of September 30, 2016, approximately 150 of our 2,090 employees in the U.S. were represented by unions in six locations and seven separate bargaining units. Five of the local unions are affiliated with the International Brotherhood of Teamsters and two are affiliated with the United Steelworkers.

In April and November 2011, two local unions each filed an unfair labor practice charge against us with the NLRB, alleging that we should be considered a successor of Ashland and, as such, we were obligated to bargain to agreement or impasse with the unions before changing the employment terms that were in effect before commencing operations, including continuing to cover employees under the union-affiliated multi-employer pension plans in which the employees participated as employees of the Distribution Business. In November 2011, the NLRB filed a complaint against us with respect to both cases, and a consolidated hearing was held before an administrative law judge in April and May of 2012. On June 28, 2012, the NLRB administrative law judge found substantially in our favor, holding that we were not obligated to continue to cover employees in the multi-employer pension plans. We reached a settlement with one of the unions resulting in a collective bargaining agreement that keep the employees in our 401(K) plan. The NLRB approved that settlement and, in May 2014, dismissed the case with respect to that local union. In the remaining case, the assertions against us primarily relate to the claim that we are obligated to continue to cover employees under the union-affiliated multi-employer pension plans in which the employees participated as employees of the Distribution Business. On July 18, 2016, the NLRB issued a decision and order with respect to the remaining case. The NLRB reversed the decision of the administrative law judge and found that, because in the purchase agreement we agreed to make offers of employment to all of the Distribution Business’ employees, we became a perfectly clear successor and were required to bargain to impasse over the unit employees’ initial terms and conditions of employment prior to making any changes. We and the union have both appealed the decision to the Fifth Circuit Court of Appeals and the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals, respectively.

If we fail to extend or renegotiate our collective bargaining agreements, if disputes with our unions arise or if our unionized workers engage in a strike or other work stoppage, we could incur higher operation and labor costs or experience a significant disruption of operations.

Table of Contents

Our employees in EMEA are represented by works councils or other labor organizations appointed pursuant to local law consisting of employee representatives who have rights to negotiate working terms and to receive notice of significant actions. These arrangements grant protections to employees and subject us to employment terms that are similar to collective bargaining agreements which may limit operational flexibility and increase operational expenses and labor costs.

Our substantial international operations subject us to risks of doing business in foreign countries.

For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016, we sold products to customers located in over 80 countries and generated 24.1% of total sales outside the United States. These sales may represent an even larger portion of our net sales in the future. Also, we currently operate through approximately 77 third party warehouses located outside the U.S. Accordingly, our business is subject to risks related to the differing legal, political, social and regulatory requirements and economic conditions of many jurisdictions.

Legal and political risks are inherent in the operation of a company with our global scope. For example, it may be more difficult for us to enforce our agreements or collect receivables through foreign legal systems. In addition, the global nature of our business presents difficulties in hiring and maintaining a workforce in some countries and managing and administering an internationally dispersed business. In particular, the management of our personnel across several countries can present logistical challenges, including difficulties related to operating under different business cultures and languages.

Foreign countries may also impose additional withholding taxes or otherwise tax our foreign income, or adopt other restrictions on foreign trade or investment, including currency exchange controls. The imposition of tariffs is also a risk that could impair our financial performance.

There is a risk that foreign governments may nationalize private enterprises in countries where we operate. In some countries or regions, terrorist activities and the response to these activities may threaten our operations more than those in the U.S. and may result in limited operations, especially in the event of activities which may threaten the health and safety of our employees. Also, changes in general economic and political conditions in countries where we operate, particularly in emerging markets, are a risk to our financial performance.

There can be no assurance that the consequences of these and other factors relating to our multinational operations will not have an adverse effect on us.

We have significant operations in China and the laws and regulations applicable to our operations there are sometimes vague and uncertain. Any changes in such laws and regulations could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results and cash flows.

Nexeo Plaschem’s operations contributed, in aggregate across all lines of business, $58.8 million in revenue for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016 for the Successor and $125.0 million from October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016 for the Predecessor. China’s legal system is a civil law system based on written statutes, where decided legal cases have little value as precedents, unlike the common law system prevalent in the United States. There are substantial uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of China’s laws and regulations, including among others, the laws and regulations governing the conduct of business in China, or the enforcement and performance of arrangements with customers and suppliers in the event of death, bankruptcy or the imposition of statutory liens or criminal proceedings. The Chinese government has been developing a comprehensive system of commercial laws, and considerable progress has been made in introducing laws and regulations dealing with economic matters such as foreign investment, corporate organization and governance, commerce, taxation and trade. However, because the laws and regulations are relatively new, and because of the limited volume of published cases and judicial interpretation and their lack of force as precedents, interpretation and enforcement of these laws and regulations involve significant uncertainties. New laws and regulations that affect existing and proposed future businesses may also be applied retroactively. We cannot predict what effect the interpretation or enforcement of existing or new laws or regulations may have on our business in China. If the relevant authorities find that we are in violation of China’s laws or regulations, they would have broad discretion in dealing with such a violation, including levying fines or requiring that we discontinue any portion or all of our business in China.

The promulgation of new laws, changes to existing laws and the pre-emption of local regulations by national laws may adversely affect our business in China. There can be no assurance that a change in leadership, social or political disruption, or unforeseen circumstances affecting China’s political, economic or social life, will not affect China’s government’s ability to continue to support and pursue the promulgation of new laws and changes to existing laws, as described above. Such a shift in leadership, social or political disruption or unforeseen circumstances could have a material adverse effect on our business and prospects.

Table of Contents

Our business could be negatively affected by security threats, including cybersecurity threats, and other disruptions.

We face various security threats, including cybersecurity threats to gain unauthorized access to sensitive information or to render data or systems unusable, threats to our facilities, threats from disgruntled employees and terrorist acts. The potential for such security threats subjects our operations to increased risks that could have a material adverse effect on our business. In particular, our implementation of various procedures and controls to monitor and mitigate security threats and to increase security for our information, facilities and infrastructure may result in increased capital and operating costs. Moreover, there can be no assurance that such procedures and controls will be sufficient to prevent security breaches from occurring. If any of these security breaches were to occur, they could lead to losses of sensitive information, critical infrastructure or capabilities essential to our operations and could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, financial position, results of operations or cash flows. Cybersecurity attacks in particular are becoming more sophisticated and include, but are not limited to, malicious software, attempts to gain unauthorized access to data (either directly or through our vendors) and other electronic security breaches that could lead to disruptions in critical systems, unauthorized release of confidential or otherwise protected information and corruption of data. These events could damage our reputation and lead to financial losses from expenses related to remediation actions, loss of business or potential liability.

Attempts to expand our distribution services into new geographic markets may not achieve profitability for a period of time or at all.

We plan to expand our distribution services into new geographic markets, which will require us to make capital investments to extend and develop our distribution infrastructure. If we do not successfully add new distribution centers and routes, if we experience unanticipated costs or delays or if we experience competition in such markets that is greater than we expect, we may not achieve profitability in new regions for a period of time or at all.

Consolidation of our competitors in the markets in which we operate could place us at a competitive disadvantage and reduce our profitability.

We operate in an industry which is highly fragmented on a global scale, but in which there has been a trend toward consolidation in recent years. Consolidation of our competitors may jeopardize the strength of our position in one or more of the markets in which we operate and any advantages we currently have due to the comparative scale of our operations. Losing some of those advantages could adversely affect our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations, as well as our growth potential.

Our business is subject to many operational risks that can result in injury or loss of life, environmental damage, exposure to hazardous materials and other events that could potentially lead to the interruption of our business operations and/or the incurrence of significant costs.

The operations in our Chemicals and Environmental Services lines of business inherently involve the risk that chemical or composite products or hazardous substances could be released into the environment from our facilities or equipment, either through spills or other accidents. Many of the chemical and composites products we handle, or have handled in the past, are potentially dangerous, and could present the risk of fires, explosions, exposure to hazardous materials and other hazards that could cause property or environmental damage or personal injury to our employees and third parties. Responding to the occurrence of any such incidents could cause us to incur potentially material expenditures related to response actions, government penalties, natural resource damages, business interruption and third party injury or property damage claims.

While we utilize extensive safety procedures and protocols in the operation of our businesses, there are risks inherent to the chemical distribution and environmental services industries. These relate primarily to the storage, handling, transportation and disposal of chemicals and other hazardous substances, which are subject to operational hazards and unforeseen interruptions caused by events beyond our control. These risks include, but are not limited to, accidents, explosions, fires, breakdowns in equipment or processes, acts of terrorism and severe weather. These events can result in injury or loss of life, environmental damage, exposure to hazardous materials and other events that could potentially lead to the interruption of our business operations and/or the incurrence of significant costs. In addition, the handling of chemicals has the potential for serious impacts on human health and the environment from such events as chemical spills, exposures and unintentional discharges or releases of toxic or hazardous substances or gases.

Table of Contents

Our insurance policies may not cover all losses, costs or liabilities that we may experience.

Although we cover our operational risks with insurance policies in certain instances and to the extent our management deems appropriate, these policies are subject to customary exclusions, deductibles and coverage limits that we believe are in accordance with industry standards and practices. We are not insured against all risks, however, and we cannot guarantee that we will not incur losses beyond the policy limits or outside the coverage of our insurance policies. Moreover, from time to time, various types of insurance for companies involved in chemical distribution and environmental services have not been available on commercially acceptable terms or, in some cases, available at all. There can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain adequate insurance coverage in the future, that premiums, which have increased significantly in the last several years, will not continue to increase in the future, or that we will not be subject to liabilities in excess of available insurance.

Although we maintain liability insurance, there can be no assurance that this type or the level of coverage is adequate or that we will be able to continue to maintain our existing insurance or obtain comparable insurance at a reasonable cost, if at all. A product recall or a partially or completely uninsured judgment against us could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows or results of operations.

Accidents, environmental damage, misuse of our products, adverse health effects or other harm related to hazardous materials that we carry or store could result in damage to our reputation and substantial remediation obligations.

Our business depends to a significant extent on our customers’ and suppliers’ trust in our reputation for quality, safety, reliability and environmental responsibility. Actual or alleged instances of safety deficiencies, inferior product quality, exposure to hazardous materials resulting in illness, injury or other harm to persons or property, environmental damage caused by us or our products, as well as misuse or misappropriation of our products, such as for terrorist activities or in the processing of illegal drugs, could damage our reputation and result in the loss of customers or suppliers. There can be no assurance that we will not incur such problems in the course of our operations. Also, there may be safety, personal injury or other environmental risk related to our products which are not known today. Any of the foregoing events, outcomes or allegations could also subject us to legal claims, and we could incur substantial legal fees and other costs in defending such legal claims.

Accidents or other incidents alleged to have taken place at our facilities, while a product is in transit, in a product’s end use application or otherwise involving our personnel or operations could also expose us to substantial liabilities and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. Because many of the products we handle are potentially dangerous, we face the ongoing risk of explosions, fires, unintended releases and other hazards that may cause property damage, physical injury, illness or death. As an example, on November 16, 2012, our facility in Garland, Texas experienced a fire, which primarily affected the bulk loading rack terminal, an adjacent warehouse and certain storage tanks that service our Chemicals line of business. As a result of this event, we temporarily operated out of other facilities and incurred certain additional costs.

There can be no assurance that these types of events will not occur in the future. If these events occur, whether through our own fault, the fault of a third party, pre-existing conditions at our facilities or among our fleet, natural disaster or other event outside our control, our reputation could be significantly damaged. We could also become responsible, through the application of environmental or other laws or by court order, for substantial monetary damages, costly investigation or remediation obligations and various fines or penalties, which may include liabilities arising from third party lawsuits or environmental clean-up obligations. The amount of any costs we may incur under such circumstances could substantially exceed any insurance we have to cover those losses.

Our business exposes us to potential product liability claims and recalls, which could adversely affect our financial condition and performance.

We are a distributor of products that third party manufacturers produce. We also sell a limited number of products directly to retail stores. Accordingly, our business involves an inherent risk of exposure to product liability claims, product recalls, product seizures and related adverse publicity. A product liability claim or judgment against us could also result in substantial and unexpected expenditures, affect consumer or customer confidence in our products, and divert management’s attention from other responsibilities. We generally extend to our customers the warranties provided to us by our suppliers and, accordingly, the majority of our warranty obligations to customers are intended to be covered by corresponding supplier warranties. However, there can be no assurance that our suppliers will continue to provide such warranties to us in the future, that warranty obligations to our customers will be covered by corresponding warranties from our suppliers or that our suppliers will be able to financially provide protection.

Table of Contents

We are relying upon the creditworthiness of Ashland, which is indemnifying Holdings for certain liabilities associated with the Distribution Business. To the extent Ashland is unable (or unwilling) to satisfy its obligations to us, we may have no recourse under the ADA Purchase Agreement and will bear the risk of the liabilities associated with the Distribution Business.

Under the ADA Purchase Agreement, Ashland agreed to retain the Retained Specified Remediation Liabilities. Ashland’s obligation for these liabilities is not subject to any claim thresholds or deductibles other than expenses the Predecessor incurs arising out of the Other Retained Remediation Liabilities; if the Predecessor incurs expenses arising out of the Other Retained Remediation Liabilities, Ashland’s indemnification obligation is subject to an individual claim threshold of $0.2 million and an aggregate claim deductible of $5.0 million. Ashland’s indemnification obligation for the Retained Remediation Liabilities is subject to an aggregate ceiling of $75.0 million. Ashland’s indemnification obligations resulting from its breach of any representation, warranty or covenant related to environmental matters (other than for liabilities relating to taxes or the breach of any fundamental representation or warranty) are generally limited by an individual claim threshold of $0.2 million, an aggregate claim deductible of $18.6 million and a ceiling of $93.0 million. Collectively, Ashland’s indemnification obligations resulting from or relating to the Retained Remediation Liabilities, retained litigation liabilities, and the breach of Ashland’s representations, warranties and covenants contained in the ADA Purchase Agreement (other than for liabilities relating to taxes or the breach of any fundamental representation or warranty) are subject to an aggregate ceiling of $139.5 million, and Ashland’s total indemnification obligation under the ADA Purchase Agreement (other than for liabilities relating to taxes or any retained indebtedness) is subject to an aggregate ceiling in the amount of the purchase price for the Distribution Business net assets. Ashland’s indemnification obligations under the ADA Purchase Agreement as described above terminated as of March 31, 2016, other than for the Retained Specified Remediation Liabilities and for the Other Retained Remediation liabilities reported to Ashland prior to March 31, 2016. As a result, any environmental remediation liabilities reported to Ashland after March 31, 2016 and not arising out of a Retained Remediation Liability will be liabilities of the Company.

Based on the indemnification discussed above, we do not currently have any environmental or remediation reserves for matters that were covered by the ADA Purchase Agreement. However, if we were to incur expenses related to the Other Retained Remediation Liabilities, we would be responsible for the first $5.0 million in aggregate expenses relating thereto prior to the receipt of any indemnification from Ashland. In addition, if any Retained Specified Remediation Liability ultimately exceeds the liability ceilings described above, we would be responsible for such excess amounts. In either of these scenarios, and for liabilities associated with our operation of the business, we would be required to take appropriate environmental or remediation reserves.

Several of our facilities are currently undergoing active remediation for impacts to soil and groundwater. Under the ADA Purchase Agreement, Ashland has retained liability for all remediation obligations related to its ownership and operation of the Distribution Business before the closing date of the Ashland Distribution Acquisition and agreed to indemnify Holdings for any losses associated with these liabilities, subject to some limitations. To date, Holdings has not incurred any such costs. However, Ashland will not indemnify Holdings for any environmental conditions arising from Holdings ownership and operation of the Distribution Business after the closing date of the Ashland Distribution Acquisition. We may also discover new or previously unknown contamination which may not be indemnified by Ashland. In those cases and in situations where Ashland is unable or unwilling to fulfill its indemnification obligations, we may be responsible for substantial remediation costs.

To the extent Ashland is unable or unwilling to satisfy its indemnification obligations, we may have no recourse under the ADA Purchase Agreement and will bear the risk of the pre-closing liabilities associated with the Distribution Business, including certain known environmental liabilities. See "Item 3. Legal Proceedings."

Table of Contents

We may be subject to personal injury claims related to exposure to hazardous materials and asbestos.

Our Chemicals and Environmental Services lines of business involve the storage, transportation and handling of hazardous materials, including chemicals and wastes. The nature of these operations could subject us to personal injury claims from individuals or classes of individuals related to exposure to such materials. We may also be subject to personal injury claims related to exposure to asbestos. Although we do not manufacture or distribute any products containing asbestos, asbestos-containing building materials have been identified at some of our facilities; these materials could present an exposure risk if improperly handled. Under the ADA Purchase Agreement, Ashland has retained liability for all personal injury claims related to its ownership and operation of the Distribution Business before the closing date of the Ashland Distribution Acquisition filed on or before March 31, 2016, and will indemnify Holdings for certain losses associated with these liabilities, subject to some limitations. Ashland will not indemnify Holdings, however, for any personal injury claims filed after March 31, 2016 and for any personal injury claims arising from our own ownership and operation of the Distribution Business assets after the closing date of the Ashland Distribution Acquisition, nor will Ashland indemnify Holdings for any claims related to the removal or abatement of asbestos-containing materials. There can be no assurance that we will not incur any of these claims that could result in a material impact on our business, financial condition, cash flows or results of operations in the future.

We are exposed to ongoing litigation and other legal and regulatory actions and risks in the course of our business, and we could incur significant liabilities and substantial legal fees.

We are subject to the risk of litigation, other legal claims and proceedings and regulatory enforcement actions in the ordinary course of our business. The outcomes of these proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty. In addition, we cannot guarantee that the results of current and future legal proceedings will not materially harm our business, reputation or brand, nor can we guarantee that we will not incur losses in connection with current or future legal proceedings that exceed any provisions we may have set aside in respect of such proceedings. Many of the products we sell can cause liabilities to arise many years after their sale and use. Insurance purchased at the time of sale may not be available when costs arise in the future, and suppliers may no longer be available to provide indemnification or stand behind their warranties. There can be no assurance that we will not incur legal or regulatory cost that could result in a material impact on our business, financial condition, cash flows or results of operations in the future.

Our international sales and operations require access to international markets and are subject to applicable laws relating to trade, export and import controls and economic sanctions, the violation of which could adversely affect our operations.

We must comply with foreign laws relating to trade, export and import controls and economic sanctions. We may not be aware of all of such laws for the markets in which we do business, which subjects us to the risk of potential violations. Non-compliance could result in the loss of authorizations and licenses to conduct business in these countries or civil or criminal penalties. We must also comply with all applicable export and import laws and regulations of the U.S. and other countries. Such laws and regulations include, but are not limited to, the Export Administration Act, the Export Administration Regulations, the Arms Export Control Act and the International Traffic in Arms Regulations. The applicability of such laws and regulations generally is limited to "U.S. persons" (i.e., U.S. companies organized or registered to do business in the U.S. and to U.S. citizens, U.S. lawful permanent residents and other protected classes of individuals). However, these laws and regulations have certain extraterritorial effect in some instances, particularly with respect to the reexport of U.S.-origin equipment. We must comply with U.S. sanctions laws and regulations, which are primarily administered by the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Controls, as well as other U.S. government agencies. Transactions involving sanctioned countries, entities and persons are prohibited without U.S. government authorization (which will rarely be granted). The applicability of such sanctions laws and regulations generally is limited to U.S. persons. However, these sanctions laws and regulations have certain extraterritorial effect in some instances, particularly with respect to the reexport of U.S.-origin equipment. Moreover, U.S. sanctions against Cuba are specifically designed to cover foreign companies owned and controlled by U.S. companies and certain U.S. sanctions against Iran are designed to target foreign companies.

There can be no assurance that compliance with these laws and regulations will not have a material impact on our results of operations or cash flows in the future. Furthermore, while we have not experienced penalties from the violation of these laws that have materially impacted our results of operations or cash flows in any of the periods presented in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, violations of U.S. laws and regulations relating to trade, export and import controls and economic sanctions could result in significant civil and/or criminal penalties for our U.S. and foreign operations, including fines, onerous compliance requirements, prohibitions on exporting and importing, prohibitions on receiving government contracts or other government assistance and other trade-related restrictions. It should be noted that U.S. enforcement of such laws and regulations continues to increase, along with penalties for violations.

Table of Contents

If we do not comply with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, we may become subject to monetary or criminal penalties.

The FCPA generally prohibits companies and their intermediaries from bribing foreign officials for the purpose of obtaining or keeping business. We currently take precautions to comply with this law. However, these precautions may not protect us against liability, particularly as a result of actions that may be taken in the future by agents and other intermediaries through whom we have exposure under the FCPA even though we may have limited or no ability to control such persons. Additionally, we have operations in certain countries, including Mexico, Russia and China, where strict compliance with the FCPA may conflict with local customs and practices. There can be no assurance that we will not be subject to penalties that might materially impact our business, financial condition, cash flows or results of operations in the future. Our competitors include foreign entities not subject to the FCPA, and hence compliance with this law may put us at a competitive disadvantage.

Regulatory compliance may divert our management's attention from day-to-day management of our business, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our management team may not successfully or efficiently manage our continued transition to a public company that will be subject to significant regulatory oversight and reporting obligations under the federal securities laws and the regulations imposed by NASDAQ. In particular, these new obligations will require substantial attention from our senior management and could divert their attention away from the day-to-day management of our business, which could materially and adversely impact our business operations.

Our balance sheet includes significant intangible assets, which could become impaired.

At September 30, 2016, our intangible assets totaled $880.7 million, including $665.7 million in goodwill resulting from the Business Combination. We may also recognize additional goodwill and intangible assets in connection with any future business acquisitions. Under U.S. GAAP, we are required to evaluate goodwill for impairment at least annually. Although we have not had an impairment on these intangible assets, we cannot guarantee that no material impairment will occur, particularly in the event of a substantial deterioration in our future profitability prospects, either in our business as a whole or in a particular segment. If we determine that the carrying value of our long-lived assets, goodwill or intangible assets is less than their fair value, we may be required to record impairment charges in the future which may significantly impact our profitability. The determination of fair value is highly subjective and can produce significantly different results based on the assumptions used and methodologies employed.

Changes in accounting standards issued by the FASB or other standard-setting bodies may adversely affect our financial statements.

Our financial statements are subject to the application of U.S. GAAP, which is periodically revised and/or expanded. Accordingly, from time-to-time we are required to adopt new or revised accounting standards issued by recognized authoritative bodies, including the FASB and the SEC. It is possible that future accounting standards we are required to adopt could change the current accounting treatment that we apply to our consolidated financial statements and that such changes could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Table of Contents

If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results.

We are required to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act, which requires, among other things, that companies maintain disclosure controls and procedures to ensure timely disclosure of material information, and that management review the effectiveness of those controls on a quarterly basis. Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and to help prevent fraud, and our management and other personnel devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance requirements. Moreover, these rules and regulations increased our legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time-consuming and costly. We cannot be certain that we will be able to maintain adequate controls over our financial processes and reporting in the future or that we will be able to comply with our obligations under Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act also requires us to evaluate annually the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting as of the end of each fiscal year and to include a management report assessing the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting in our Annual Report on Form 10-K. As discussed in "Item 9A—Controls and Procedures," the design of internal controls over financial reporting for the Company post Business Combination has required and will require significant time and resources from management and other personnel. Therefore, management was unable, without incurring unreasonable effort and expense, to conduct an assessment of our internal control over financial reporting on this Annual Report on Form 10-K. If we fail to maintain the adequacy of our internal controls, we cannot assure you that we will be able to conclude in the future that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting and/or we may encounter difficulties in implementing or improving our internal controls, which could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. If we fail to maintain effective internal controls, we might be subject to sanctions or investigation by regulatory authorities, such as the SEC. Any such action could adversely affect our financial results and may also result in delayed filings with the SEC.

We may incur significant costs and liabilities in the future resulting from new or existing environmental or safety laws or regulations or an accidental release of wastes or other materials into the environment.

Our Chemicals line of business, as well as the Predecessor's Composites line of business, involve the storage and distribution of various chemicals, solvents, additives, resins and catalysts to various end markets. Our Environmental Services line of business involves the collection, recovery, recycling and disposal of hazardous and non-hazardous materials. All of these lines of business, and to a lesser extent our Plastics line of business, are subject to increasingly stringent federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations associated with protection of the environment. These laws and regulations govern such matters as the handling, storage and transportation of chemicals and composites, releases of pollutants into the air, soil, and water disposal of hazardous and non-hazardous wastes, remediation of contaminated sites, protection of workers from exposure to hazardous substances, and public disclosure of information regarding environmental and safety hazards. Our failure to comply with any environmental and safety laws or regulations could result in the assessment of administrative, civil or criminal penalties the imposition of investigatory or remediation liabilities and the issuance of injunctive relief, which could subject us to additional operational costs and constraints. Each of these outcomes could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows or results of operations.

Environmental and safety laws and regulations are subject to frequent modification, and recent trends indicate a movement towards increasingly stringent environmental and safety requirements. As a result, we may be required to make substantial expenditures to comply with future environmental and safety laws and regulations, and such expenditures could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows or results of operations. For example, the EPA has recently increased its regulation of toxic substances under TSCA. New or increased governmental restrictions on the transportation, use or disposal of certain chemicals, both domestically and abroad, could also reduce demand for our products, adversely affecting our operations.

Risks Related to Our Securities

The Sponsor and TPG, collectively, have significant influence over us, which could limit your ability to influence the outcome of key transactions, including a change of control.

Immediately following the completion of the Business Combination, the Sponsor and TPG (and their affiliates), collectively, owned approximately 45% of our outstanding common stock. Because of the degree of concentration of voting power, the ability to elect members of our board of directors (the "Board") and influence our business and affairs, including any determinations with respect to mergers or other business combinations, the acquisition or disposition of assets, the incurrence of indebtedness, the issuance of any additional shares of our common stock or other equity securities, the repurchase or redemption of shares of our common stock and the payment of dividends, may be diminished.

Table of Contents

Our stock price could be extremely volatile, and, as a result, you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the price you paid for them.

In recent years the stock market in general has been highly volatile. As a result, the market price and trading volume of our common stock is likely to be similarly volatile, and investors in our common stock may experience a decrease, which could be substantial, in the value of their stock, including decreases unrelated to our results of operations or prospects, and could lose part or all of their investment. The price of our common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to a number of factors, including those described elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and our other filings with the SEC such as:


•	operating results could fluctuate on a quarterly basis as a result of a number of factors, including, among other things, the timing of contracts, orders, the delay or cancellation of a contract, and changes in government regulations;


•	actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly financial results or the quarterly financial results of companies perceived to be similar to us;


•	changes in the market’s expectations about our operating results;


•	our operating results failing to meet the expectation of securities analysts or investors in a particular period;


•	changes in financial estimates and recommendations by securities analysts concerning us or the specialty chemicals industry in general;


•	operating and stock price performance of other companies that investors deem comparable to us;


•	low trading volume of our common stock may adversely affect its liquidity and reduce the number of market makers and/or large investors willing to trade in our common stock, making wider fluctuations in the quoted price of our common stock more likely to occur;


•	our ability to market new and enhanced products on a timely basis;


•	changes in laws and regulations affecting our business;


•	our ability to meet compliance requirements;


•	commencement of, or involvement in, litigation involving us;


•	changes in our capital structure, such as future issuances of securities or the incurrence of additional debt;


•	the volume of shares of our common stock available for public sale;


•	any major change in the Board or management;


•	sales of substantial amounts of common stock by our directors, executive officers or significant stockholders or the perception that such sales could occur; and


•	general economic and political conditions such as recessions, interest rates, fuel prices, international currency fluctuations and acts of war or terrorism.

Securities class action litigation has often been initiated against companies following periods of volatility in their stock price. This type of litigation could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention and resources, and could also require us to make substantial payments to satisfy judgments or to settle litigation.

There may be sales of a substantial amount of our common stock by our current stockholders, and these sales could cause the price of our common stock to fall.

As of December 5, 2016, there were 89,286,936 shares of common stock outstanding. Of our issued and outstanding shares that were issued prior to the Business Combination, all are freely transferable, except for any shares held by our "affiliates," as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Future sales of our common stock may cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

Table of Contents

We and certain of our current stockholders may sell large amounts of our common stock in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions, which could have the effect of increasing the volatility in our stock price or putting significant downward pressure on the price of our common stock.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales will occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and make it difficult for us to raise funds through securities offerings in the future.

Future issuances of capital stock, which could reduce your influence over matters on which stockholders vote.

The Board has the authority, without action or vote of our stockholders, to issue all or any part of our authorized but unissued shares of common stock, including shares issuable upon the exercise of options, or shares of our authorized but unissued preferred stock. Issuances of common stock or voting preferred stock would reduce your influence over matters on which our stockholders vote and, in the case of issuances of preferred stock, would likely result in your interest in us being subject to the prior rights of holders of that preferred stock.

Warrants are exercisable for our common stock, which, if exercised, would increase the number of shares eligible for future resale in the public market and result in dilution to our stockholders.

As of December 5, 2016, outstanding warrants to purchase an aggregate of 25,012,500 shares of our common stock became exercisable in accordance with the terms of the warrant agreement governing those securities. These warrants will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York time, on June 9, 2021 or earlier upon redemption or liquidation. The exercise price of these warrants is $5.75 per half share, or $11.50 per one full share, subject to certain adjustments. To the extent such warrants are exercised, additional shares of our common stock will be issued, which will result in dilution to the holders of our common stock and increase the number of shares eligible for resale in the public market. Sales of substantial numbers of such shares in the public market or the fact that such warrants may be exercised could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish or cease publishing research or reports about us, our business, or our market, or if they change their recommendations regarding our common stock adversely, the price and trading volume of our common stock could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will likely be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts may publish about us, our business, our market, or our competitors. Securities and industry analysts do not currently, and may never, publish research on us. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of us, our stock price and trading volume would likely be negatively impacted. If any of the analysts who may cover us change their recommendation regarding our stock adversely, or provide more favorable relative recommendations about our competitors, the price of our common stock would likely decline. If any analyst who may cover us were to cease coverage of us or fail to regularly publish reports on it, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

Anti-takeover provisions contained in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws could impair a takeover attempt.

Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, or charter, and bylaws contain provisions that could have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control or changes in our management without the consent of the Board. These provisions include:


•	a staggered board providing for three classes of directors, which limits the ability of a stockholder or group to gain control of the Board;


•	no cumulative voting in the election of directors, which limits the ability of minority stockholders to elect director candidates;


•	the right of the Board to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the Board or the resignation, death, or removal of a director in certain circumstances, which prevents stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on the Board;


•	the ability of the Board to determine whether to issue shares of our preferred stock and to determine the price and other terms of those shares, including preferences and voting rights, without stockholder approval, which could be used to significantly dilute the ownership of a hostile acquirer;

Table of Contents


•	a prohibition on stockholder action by written consent upon and following the date when TPG and the Sponsor cease to own more than 30% of the outstanding shares of stock (the "Trigger Date"), which forces stockholder action to be taken at an annual or special meeting of our stockholders;


•	a prohibition on stockholders calling a special meeting upon and following the Trigger Date, which forces stockholder action to be taken at an annual or special meeting of our stockholders;


•	the requirement that a meeting of stockholders may be called only by the Board after the Trigger Date, which may delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or to take action, including the removal of directors;


•	providing that after the Trigger Date directors may be removed prior to the expiration of their terms by stockholders only for cause or upon the affirmative vote of 75% of the voting power of all of our outstanding shares of capital stock;

•

a requirement that changes or amendments to the charter or the bylaws must be approved (i) before the Trigger Date, by a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock, which such majority shall include at least 65% of the shares then held by the Sponsor and TPG, and (ii) thereafter, certain changes or amendments must be approved by at least 75% of the voting power of our outstanding common stock; and


•	advance notice procedures that stockholders must comply with in order to nominate candidates to the Board or to propose matters to be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting, which may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the Company.

These provisions, alone or together, could delay hostile takeovers and changes in control of us or changes in our management. Any provision of the charter or bylaws that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our common stock, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock.

We have no current plans to pay cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future.

We may retain future earnings, if any, for future operations, expansion and debt repayment and have no current plans to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. Any decision to declare and pay dividends as a public company in the future will be made at the discretion of the Board and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors that the Board may deem relevant. In addition, our ability to pay dividends may be limited by covenants of any existing and future outstanding indebtedness we or our subsidiaries incur, including the Credit Facilities. As a result, a stockholder may not receive any return on an investment in our common stock unless such stockholder sells our common stock for a price greater than that which it paid for it.

Our securities may be delisted from NASDAQ.

Our common stock and warrants are currently listed on NASDAQ. However, we cannot assure you that we will be able to comply with the continued listing standards of NASDAQ. If we fail to comply with the continued listing standards of NASDAQ, our securities may become subject to delisting. If NASDAQ delists our common stock or warrants from trading on its exchange for failure to meet the continued listing standards, we and our securityholders could face significant material adverse consequences including:


•	a limited availability of market quotations for our securities;


•	a limited amount of analyst coverage; and


•	a decreased ability for us to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

Table of Contents

Failure to establish and maintain effective internal controls in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could have a material adverse effect on our business and stock price.

As a publicly traded company, we are required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing Sections 302 and 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which require management to certify financial and other information in our quarterly and annual reports and provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of controls over financial reporting. As discussed in "Item 9A—Controls and Procedures," the design of internal controls over financial reporting for the Company post Business Combination has required and will require significant time and resources from management and other personnel. Therefore, management was unable, without incurring unreasonable effort and expense, to conduct an assessment of our internal control over financial reporting on this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

If we identify weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock could be negatively affected, and we could become subject to investigations by NASDAQ (the exchange on which our securities are listed), the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

Not applicable.

Item 2. Properties

See "Item 1. Business—Global Distribution Channels —Facilities" for a description of our principal properties.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

We are not currently a party to any legal proceedings that, if determined adversely against us, individually or in the aggregate, would have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In July 2014, Ashland filed a lawsuit -- Ashland Inc. v. Nexeo Solutions, LLC, Case No. N14C-07-243 JTV CCLD, in the Superior Court for the State of Delaware in and for New Castle County. In the suit, Ashland seeks a declaration that Holdings is obligated to indemnify Ashland for losses Ashland incurs pertaining to the Other Retained Remediation Liabilities, up to the amount of a $5.0 million deductible, which Ashland contends applies pursuant to the ADA Purchase Agreement. Ashland further alleges that Holdings has breached duties related to that agreement by not having so indemnified Ashland for amounts Ashland has incurred for the Other Retained Remediation Liabilities at sites where Ashland disposed of wastes prior to the Ashland Distribution Acquisition, and on that basis seeks unspecified compensatory damages, costs and attorney’s fees. We disagree with Ashland’s construction of the ADA Purchase Agreement and are vigorously defending the lawsuit.

Table of Contents

In April and November 2011, two local unions each filed an unfair labor practice charge against us with the NLRB, alleging that we should be considered a successor of Ashland and, as such, we were obligated to bargain to agreement or impasse with the unions before changing the employment terms that were in effect before commencing operations, including continuing to cover employees under the union-affiliated multi-employer pension plans in which the employees participated as employees of the Distribution Business. In November 2011, the NLRB filed a complaint against us with respect to both cases, and a consolidated hearing was held before an administrative law judge in April and May of 2012. On June 28, 2012, the NLRB administrative law judge found substantially in our favor, holding that we were not obligated to continue to cover employees in the multi-employer pension plans. We reached a settlement with one of the unions resulting in a collective bargaining agreement that keep the employees in our 401(K) plan. The NLRB approved that settlement and, in May of 2014, dismissed the case with respect to that local union. In the remaining case, the assertions against us primarily relate to the claim that we are obligated to continue to cover employees under the union-affiliated multi-employer pension plans in which the employees participated as employees of the Distribution Business. On July 18, 2016, the NLRB issued a decision and order with respect to the remaining case. The NLRB reversed the decision of the administrative law judge and found that, because in the purchase agreement we agreed to make offers of employment to all of the Distribution Business’ employees, we became a perfectly clear successor and were required to bargain to impasse over the unit employees’ initial terms and conditions of employment prior to making any changes. We and the union have both appealed the decision to the Fifth Circuit Court of Appeals and the Ninth Circuit Courts of Appeal, respectively. Regardless, we do not believe this case could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

In June 2014, we self-disclosed to the DTSC that an inventory of our Fairfield facility had revealed potential violations of RCRA and the California Health and Safety Code. Although no formal proceeding has been initiated, we expect the DTSC to seek payment of fines or other penalties for non-compliance. We do not expect the amount of any such fine or penalty to have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position or results of operations.

We expect that, from time to time, we may be involved in lawsuits, investigations and claims arising out of our operations in the ordinary course of business.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

Table of Contents

PART II

Item 5. Market for Company’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The Company's common stock, warrants and units are currently quoted on NASDAQ under the symbols "NXEO", "NXEOW" and "NXEOU", respectively. Through June 8, 2016, our common stock, warrants and units were quoted under the symbols "WLRH", "WLRHW", and "WLRHU", respectively.

Common Stock, Warrants and Units Prices

The following table sets forth for the periods indicated, the reported high and low sales prices for our common stock, warrants and units.



	Common Stock				Warrants				Units
	Prices				Prices				Prices
Fiscal Year 2016:	High		Low		High		Low		High		Low
First	$	10.47	$	9.93	$	0.80	$	0.25	$	11.22	$	10.00
Second	10.06		9.90		0.65		0.29		10.70		10.19
Third⁽¹⁾	10.07		8.98		0.94		0.34		10.88		9.89
Fourth	9.49		7.88		0.83		0.58		10.10		8.58
Year	$	10.47	$	7.88	$	0.94	$	0.25	$	11.22	$	8.58
Fiscal Year 2015:
First	$	10.75	$	9.70	$	1.28	$	0.65	$	12.01	$	10.48
Second	10.35		9.88		1.25		0.53		11.55		10.30
Third	10.71		10.00		1.48		0.65		12.12		10.54
Fourth	10.49		10.13		1.06		0.63		11.45		10.72
Year	$	10.75	$	9.70	$	1.48	$	0.53	$	12.12	$	10.30

⁽¹⁾WL Ross Holding Corp. changed its name to Nexeo Solutions, Inc. on June 9, 2016.

Holders

As of December 5, 2016, there were 41 holders of record of our common stock, one holder of record for our warrants and one holder of record of our units. Some of our securities are held in "street name" and held of record by banks, brokers and other financial institutions.

Dividends

We have not paid any cash dividends on shares of our common stock to date. The payment of cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition. In addition, our board of directors is not currently contemplating and does not anticipate declaring any dividends in the foreseeable future. Further, if we incur any additional indebtedness, our ability to declare dividends may be limited by restrictive covenants that we may agree to in connection therewith, and the Credit Facilities currently limit our ability to pay dividends.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

None.

Table of Contents

Comparative Stock Performance Graph

The information contained in the graph below is furnished and therefore not considered "filed" with the SEC or subject to Regulation 14A or 14C under the Exchange Act or to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, and will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, except to the extent the Company specifically incorporates it by reference into such a filing.

The graph below illustrates a comparison of cumulative total stockholder return, calculated on a dividend reinvested basis, for our common stock, the S&P 500 Index, and the S&P 500 Chemicals Index. The graph covers the period from

August 6, 2014 (the first day our common stock was traded) through September 30, 2016. The graph assumes the value of the investment in our common stock and each index was $100.00 on August 5, 2014. Note that historic stock price performance is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance.

Table of Contents

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The following table presents selected historical financial and other data for the periods indicated.

On June 9, 2016, WLRH and Holdings and certain other parties consummated the Business Combination, pursuant to the Merger Agreement. WLRH was identified as the acquirer for accounting purposes and Holdings was identified as the acquiree and accounting predecessor. The Company’s financial statement presentation distinguishes a "Predecessor" for the periods prior to the Closing Date. WLRH, which includes Holdings for periods subsequent to the Business Combination, was subsequently renamed Nexeo Solutions, Inc. and is the "Successor" for periods after the Closing Date. The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination using the acquisition method of accounting and the Successor financial statements reflect a new basis of accounting for the assets and liabilities of Holdings that is based on the fair value of net assets acquired and liabilities assumed. See Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion of the Business Combination. As a result of the application of the acquisition method of accounting as of the Closing Date, the consolidated financial statements for the Predecessor period and for the Successor period are presented on a different basis and are, therefore, not comparable.

On the Closing Date, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a change in WLRH’s fiscal year end from December 31st to September 30th. As a result of this change and the Business Combination, the consolidated financial statements presented within this Annual Report on Form 10-K include the transition period from October 1, 2015 through September 30, 2016.

Successor Financial Data

The Successor period in the consolidated financial statements is of the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016. Operating results during the fiscal years ended September 30, 2015 and 2014 for WLRH were not significant or meaningful and therefore are not presented in the consolidated statements of operations.

Predecessor Financial Data

Operating results for the Predecessor are presented as they are reflective of the ongoing operations of the acquired business. The Predecessor periods in the consolidated financial statements represent the operating results of Holdings and its subsidiaries prior to the Business Combination.

Table of Contents

This table should be read in conjunction with "Item 1. Business," "Item 1A. Risk Factors," "Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our audited consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included under Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.



	Successor			Predecessor
	Fiscal Year Ended September 30,			October 1, 2015 Through June 8,			Fiscal Year Ended September 30,
	2016			2016			2015			2014			2013			2012
Statement of Operations Data:
Sales and operating revenues	$	1,065.7		$	2,340.1		$	3,949.1		$	4,514.5		$	4,101.4		$	3,686.4
Gross profit	108.4			271.9			408.0			401.7			358.1			329.5
Net income (loss) from continuing operations	(8.4		)	(13.9		)	21.2			(12.2		)	(4.6		)	(19.0		)
Net income (loss) attributable to Nexeo Solutions, Inc.	(8.4		)	(13.8		)	20.4			4.9			7.4			(3.6		)

Net loss per share available to common stockholders
Basic and diluted	$	(0.24	)
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding
Basic and diluted	35,193,789

Statement of Cash Flow Data⁽¹⁾:
Net cash provided by (used in):
Operating activities	$	3.2		$	69.6		$	154.1		$	57.5		$	(35.9	)	$	112.4
Investing activities	133.0			(11.8		)	(31.5		)	(209.9		)	(93.9		)	(21.8		)
Financing activities	(88.9		)	(121.5		)	(81.8		)	166.5			71.2			—

Other Financial Data⁽²⁾:
Capital expenditures, excluding acquisitions⁽³⁾	$	12.7		$	14.2		$	35.6		$	49.9		$	38.1		$	22.8
Depreciation and amortization	20.6			37.7			52.6			53.4			38.7			39.4


⁽¹⁾	Statement of Cash Flow Data for all periods represents total cash flow amounts for each respective line item.


⁽²⁾	Other Financial Data for the Successor and Predecessor periods reflects amounts net of discontinued operations.


⁽³⁾	Excludes non-cash capital expenditures.



	Successor		Predecessor
	September 30,		September 30,
	2016		2015		2014		2013		2012
Balance Sheet Data (at period end):
Cash and cash equivalents	$	47.5	$	127.7	$	88.2	$	74.6	$	135.3
Working capital ⁽¹⁾	464.8		507.2		582.9		541.2		465.6
Total assets	2,078.9		1,708.9		1,906.1		1,613.1		1,506.8
Long term obligations⁽²⁾	774.9		891.9		925.2		659.3		604.0
Total liabilities	1,334.1		1,423.9		1,581.3		1,191.7		1,098.4


⁽¹⁾	Working capital is defined as accounts receivable plus inventory less accounts payable.


⁽²⁾	Long term obligations represent debt, including current portion (net of discount and debt issuance costs) and capital leases. It excludes short-term borrowings under line of credit agreements available to Nexeo Plaschem.

Table of Contents

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. To the extent this discussion and analysis contains forward- looking statements, these statements involve risks and uncertainties. While management believes that these forward-looking statements are reasonable as and when made, there can be no assurance that future developments affecting us will be those that are anticipated. Actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements. See "Item 1A. Risk Factors" and "Cautionary Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements".

Overview

The Company is the result of the Business Combination between WLRH and Holdings that closed on June 9, 2016. The "Successor" financial information reflects the combined operations of WLRH for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016 and the operations of Holdings after the Closing Date, after purchase price allocations. The "Predecessor" financial information reflects the operations of Holdings prior to the Closing Date of the Business Combination.

We are a global distributor of chemicals products in North America and Asia, and plastics products in North America, EMEA and Asia. In connection with the distribution of chemicals products, we provide value-added services such as custom blending, packaging and re-packaging, private-label manufacturing and product testing in the form of chemical analysis, product performance analysis and product development. We also provide on-site and off-site environmental services, including waste collection, recovery, arrangement for disposal services and recycling in North America, primarily the U.S., through our Environmental Services line of business. The Predecessor was a distributor of composites products in North America until July 1, 2014, when these operations were sold and as a result, activity associated with these operations is reflected as discontinued operations for all periods presented. We are organized into three lines of business (or operating segments): Chemicals, Plastics and Environmental Services. During fiscal year 2016, we distributed approximately 22,000 products into over 80 countries for approximately 1,300 suppliers to over 26,700 customers. Based on revenues for calendar year 2015, the Predecessor was ranked third in North America and fifth globally among the top 100 chemicals distributors, as reported by the Independent Chemical Information Service (or ICIS), one of the largest petrochemical market information providers.

Table of Contents

We distribute our broad product portfolio through a supply chain consisting of approximately 170 owned, leased or third party warehouses, rail terminals and tank terminals globally with a private fleet of approximately 1,000 units, primarily in North America. We currently employ approximately 2,520 employees globally. At September 30, 2016, we had approximately 500 sales professionals situated in North America, EMEA and Asia, including technical support, field managers and strategic account managers to assist our customers in the selection and application of commodity and specialty products for their end products and processes.

Segment Overview

We are organized into three lines of business, or operating segments: Chemicals, Plastics and Environmental Services. Our lines of business market to different sets of customers operating in an array of industries, with various end markets and customer segments within those industries. For segment presentation and disclosure purposes, our Chemicals and Plastics lines of business constitute separate reportable segments while the Environmental Services line of business, which does not meet the materiality threshold for separate disclosure is included in the "Other" segment.

Each line of business represents unique products and suppliers, and each line of business focuses on specific end markets within its industry based on a variety of factors including supplier or customer opportunities, expected growth and prevailing economic conditions. Across our Chemicals and Plastics lines of business there are numerous industry segments, end markets and sub markets that we may choose to focus on. These end markets may change from year to year depending on the underlying market economics, supplier focus, expected profitability and its strategic agenda.

Our Chemicals, Plastics and Environmental Services lines of business compete with national, regional and local companies throughout North America. Our Chemicals and Plastics lines of business compete with other distribution companies in Asia, and the Plastics line of business also competes with other distribution companies in EMEA. In addition, in some of the markets in which we operate, large chemical producers may elect to distribute their products directly to end-user customers. Competition is based primarily on the diversity and quality of the product portfolio, service offerings, reliability of supply, technical support, price and delivery capabilities. The accounting policies used to account for transactions in each of the lines of business are the same as those used to account for transactions at the corporate level.

A brief description of each of our lines of business follows:

Table of Contents

Key Factors Affecting our Results of Operations and Financial Condition

General and regional economic conditions. The consumption of chemicals and plastics in the broad industry segments and end markets that we serve generally corresponds to the level of production of goods and services in the global economy, amplified by the regional economies where we have commercial operations. As a result, when general economic conditions improve or deteriorate, our volumes tend to fluctuate accordingly. We manage our cost structure in line with general economic conditions, but our volumes and profitability are ultimately correlated with the underlying demand for the end-products of the industries we serve.

Price fluctuations. The prices at which we resell the products we distribute in our Chemicals and Plastics lines of business generally fluctuate in accordance with the prices that we pay for these products. Product prices we pay are largely driven by the underlying global and regional economic conditions that drive the prices of two primary raw materials of production: crude oil (primarily naphtha) and natural gas (primarily ethane). These two raw material sources are used in the production of propylene and ethylene which are key feedstocks used in over 90% of organic-based commodity and specialty chemicals, as well as in the subsequent production of the intermediate plastics products we distribute. The prices of these feedstocks are also affected by other factors including choices made by feedstock producers for uses of these feedstocks (e.g., as an ingredient in gasoline versus a feedstock to the chemical industry), the capacity devoted to production of these feedstocks and other macroeconomic factors that impact the producers. As a distributor, the prices of these feedstocks are not in our control. However, we are generally able to pass on finished good price increases and decreases to our customers in accordance with the fluctuations in our product costs and transportation-related costs (e.g., fuel costs). As a result, movements in our sales revenue and cost of sales tend to correspond with changes in our product prices. Additionally, as capacity or demand patterns change, we typically experience a corresponding change in the average selling prices of the products we distribute. Our gross profit margins generally decrease in deflationary price environments because we are selling inventory that was previously purchased at higher prices. Alternatively, our gross profit margins generally increase during inflationary pricing environments because we are able to sell inventory that was previously purchased at lower prices. The extent to which profitability increases or decreases, however, also depends on the relative speed at which selling prices adjust in relation to inventory costs. As a logistics provider, oil price movements also typically impact our transportation and delivery costs.

Volume-based pricing. We generally procure chemicals and plastics raw materials through purchase orders rather than under long-term contracts with firm commitments. Our arrangements with key producers and suppliers are typically embodied in agreements that we refer to as framework supply agreements. We work to develop strong relationships with a select group of producers and suppliers that complement our strategy based on a number of factors, including price, breadth of product offering, quality, market recognition, delivery terms and schedules, continuity of supply and each producer’s strategic positioning. Our framework supply agreements with producers and suppliers typically renew annually and, while they generally do not provide for specific product pricing, some, primarily those related to our Chemicals line of business, include volume-based financial incentives through supplier rebates, which we earn by meeting or exceeding target purchase volumes.

Inflation. Our average selling prices rise in inflationary environments as producers and suppliers raise the market prices of the products that we distribute. During inflationary periods our customers maximize the amount of inventory they carry in anticipation of even higher prices and consequently, this environment of excess demand favorably impacts our volumes sold, revenues and gross profit due to the lag between rising prices and our cost of goods sold. The reverse is true in deflationary price environments. Deflationary forces create an environment of overcapacity, driving market prices of products downward, and we must quickly adjust inventories and buying patterns to respond to price declines. Our primary objective is to replace inventories at lower costs while maintaining or enhancing unit profitability.

Some of our assets and liabilities, primarily cash, receivables, inventories and accounts payable, are impacted by inflation because they are indirectly affected by market prices of raw materials for our products. To the extent that we are able to manage our working capital in periods of changing prices, the overall impact of inflation on our net working capital is generally not significant.

Currency exchange rate fluctuations. We conduct our business on an international basis in multiple currencies. A portion of our sales and costs of sales are denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of our subsidiaries. Strengthening of our subsidiaries’ functional currency relative to the other currencies in which some transactions are denominated creates a negative impact on sales, but a positive impact on costs. Additionally, because we report our consolidated results in U.S. dollars, the results of operations and the financial position of our local international operations, which are generally reported in the relevant local currencies, are translated into U.S. dollars at the applicable exchange rates for inclusion in our consolidated financial statements. Strengthening of the U.S. dollar relative to our subsidiaries’ functional currencies causes a negative impact on sales but a positive impact on costs.

Table of Contents

Outlook

General. We have operations in North America, EMEA and Asia. As a result, our business is subject to broad, global and regional macroeconomic factors. These factors include:


•	the general state of the economy, specifically inflationary or deflationary trends, GDP growth rates and commodities/feedstocks price movements;


•	unemployment levels;


•	government regulation and changes in governments;


•	fiscal and monetary policies of governments, including import and export tariffs, duties and other taxes;


•	general income growth and the consumption rates of products; and


•	rates of technological change in the industries we serve.

We monitor these factors routinely for both strategic and operational impacts.

Our operations are most impacted by regional market price fluctuations of the primary feedstock materials, including crude oil and natural gas, and the downstream derivatives of these primary raw materials. Market price fluctuations of these primary raw materials directly impact the decisions of our product suppliers, specifically the manufacturing capacity made available for production of the products we distribute. As capacity or demand patterns change, we may experience a corresponding change in the average selling prices of the products we distribute.

During fiscal year 2016, global markets have generally been sluggish and recovery has been slow as the citizens of the U.K. approved the exit of the U.K. from the European Union, while the Asia-Pacific economy projected for a decline. The U.S. economy has stabilized, however, industry demand has decreased in this region as well. Although the overall global market has been bearish, through the use of our pricing tools and discipline, we have been able to offset some of the effects of the recent global deflationary environment.

The following is a summary of GDP and oil price fluctuations in our various regions of operations by fiscal quarter.



	Year over Year Change
	Q4 16 v Q4 15		Q3 16 v Q3 15		Q2 16 v Q2 15		Q1 16 v Q1 15
North America
U.S. GDP Growth	1.5	%	1.3	%	1.6	%	1.9	%
U.S. Industrial Production Index	(1.0	)%	(1.1	)%	(1.6	)%	(1.6	)%
West Texas Intermediate Crude Oil Average Price Decrease	(3.5	)%	(21.4	)%	(31.2	)%	(42.7	)%

EMEA
Euro Area GDP Growth	1.6	%	1.6	%	1.7	%	2.0	%
Brent Crude Oil Average Price Decrease	(9.2	)%	(26.1	)%	(37.3	)%	(43.0	)%

Asia
China GDP Growth ⁽¹⁾	6.7	%	6.7	%	6.7	%	6.8	%
⁽¹⁾ As reported by the Chinese government.

Overall GDP growth remains below 2.0% for many of the countries in which we operate. This slow recovery, together with lower average oil prices, has resulted in lower demand, and by extension, lower sales volumes and average selling prices when compared to the prior fiscal year. In terms of currency, the U.S. dollar has continued to strengthen over the prior fiscal year against most other currencies in which we transact. As a result of these factors, reported dollar revenues and gross profit have been negatively impacted in many of our regions’ operations.

Table of Contents

North America

The North American economic environment has been relatively stable during fiscal year 2016. Although U.S. GDP has increased in fiscal year 2016 as compared to fiscal year 2015, and the inflation rate has averaged 1% for the majority of fiscal year 2016, consumer spending, still-sluggish business investment and a slow housing sector have negatively impacted GDP. The U.S. Industrial Production Index, which more closely correlates to the chemical and plastics distribution industry, for fiscal year 2016 indicates a negative economic industry-related environment as compared to fiscal year 2015.

In terms of currency, the CAD declined against the U.S. dollar while comparing fiscal year 2016 to fiscal year 2015, which affected, among other items, the reported dollar revenues and gross profit from our Canadian operations.

When compared to fiscal year 2015, we continue to see declining selling prices for the products we distributed during fiscal year 2016. Market forces and the intensity of competition have continued to apply pricing pressure.

EMEA

In Europe, we conduct business primarily in the Western European countries. While the outlook for economic growth in Europe improved beginning late in fiscal year 2015, the region did experience a slight downturn late in fiscal year 2016, mainly as a result of U.K.'s decision to exit the European Union. Overall GDP growth has remained slow with many Western European nations experiencing growth below 3.0% and current developments adding uncertainty to Europe’s economic prospects.

In terms of currency, the euro and the other European currencies weakened versus the U.S. dollar when comparing fiscal year 2016 to fiscal year 2015, which affected, among other items, the reported dollar revenues and gross profit from our European operations.

The market prices for the products we sell in Europe are closely correlated to the cost of Brent Crude Oil as these operations are primarily based on the distribution of commodity plastics products and most products are sourced in Europe. Consistent with the continuous decline in average oil prices during fiscal year 2015 and into fiscal year 2016, our operations in Europe experienced a decline in average selling prices.

Asia

Our operations in Asia are concentrated mainly in China. Recent GDP growth in China, as reported by the Chinese government, has been slower than their reported GDP growth over the past five years, primarily due to a weaker property sector, lower credit growth and weakened industrial production.

In terms of currency, the RMB declined against the U.S. dollar when comparing fiscal year 2016 to fiscal year 2015, which affected, among other items, the reported dollar revenues and gross profit from our China operations. However, we experienced an increase in sales revenue in China for fiscal year 2016 due to an increase in volume sales related to increased sales to historical customers and additional sales to new customers.

Strategic Initiatives. We are focused on initiatives to enhance growth and profitability, including:


•	growing organically by increasing the breadth and depth of our specialty capabilities, expanding our suite of value-added services and driving scale enhancements;


•	complementing organic growth by pursuing attractive merger and acquisition opportunities and delivering value creation by leveraging our centralized platform while achieving increased geographic reach and providing enhanced product/service offerings;


•	expanding margins through mix enhancement, disciplined pricing execution, platform scalability and end market diversification;


•	maintaining our efforts on cost improvement through execution of our transportation strategy, warehouse productivity gains, corporate selling, general and administrative operational efficiencies and optimization of our customer coverage model;

Table of Contents


•	achieving our operational return goals by maximizing cash conversion, optimizing our working capital requirements and maintaining an asset-lite model; and


•	attracting and retaining the talent we need to maintain the capabilities that define a market leader.

Certain Factors Affecting Comparability to Prior Period Financial Results

Prior to the Business Combination, WLRH operated as a special purpose acquisition company formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses or assets. As a result, operations were minimal before the Business Combination and are not presented in the consolidated financial statements for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2015 and 2014. After the Business Combination our results of operations are not directly comparable to historical results of the operations for the periods presented, primarily because:


•	Our fiscal year end was changed from December 31st to September 30th. As a result of this change, the consolidated financial statements presented within this Annual Report on Form 10-K include the period from October 1, 2015 through September 30, 2016.


•	In connection with the Business Combination, certain assets and liabilities had fair value adjustments applied to the Predecessor’s consolidated financial statements on the Closing Date, most notably:


◦	Inventory,


◦	Intangible assets,


◦	Plant, property and equipment,


◦	Goodwill, and


◦	Taxes.


•	In connection with the Business Combination, we have recognized certain contingent liabilities. See Note 3 to our consolidated financial statements.


•	The fiscal year ended September 30, 2016 only includes 114 days of the acquired business’ operating activities as a result of the consummation of the Business Combination on June 9, 2016.

As a result of the factors listed above, historical results of operations and other financial data, as well as period-to-period comparisons of these results, may not be comparable or indicative of future operating results or future financial condition.

Table of Contents

Results of Operations

On July 1, 2014, the Predecessor sold its North American composites operations. In accordance with applicable accounting guidance, these operations are classified as discontinued operations for all periods presented and are excluded from the segment analysis tables and discussions below.

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2016 (Successor) Compared with Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2015 (Predecessor)

The Successor period includes operating results of the acquired business from June 9, 2016 through September 30, 2016 and operating results of WLRH for the full fiscal year ended September 30, 2016, whereas, the Predecessor period represents the full fiscal year ended September 30, 2015 of only the Predecessor’s operating results.



	Successor			Predecessor
	Fiscal Year Ended September 30,			Fiscal Year Ended September 30,			Period Over Period Favorable (Unfavorable)					Percentage of Sales and Operating Revenues For the Fiscal Year Ended September 30,
(in millions)	2016			2015			$ Change			% Change		2016		2015
Sales and operating revenues
Chemicals	$	478.1		$	1,956.1		$	(1,478.0	)	(75.6	)%	44.9	%	49.5	%
Plastics	546.7			1,876.1			(1,329.4		)	(70.9	)%	51.3	%	47.5	%
Other	40.9			116.9			(76.0		)	(65.0	)%	3.8	%	3.0	%
Total sales and operating revenues	$	1,065.7		$	3,949.1		$	(2,883.4	)	(73.0	)%	100.0	%	100.0	%

Gross profit
Chemicals	$	55.7		$	224.4		$	(168.7	)	(75.2	)%	11.7	%	11.5	%
Plastics	43.6			155.1			(111.5		)	(71.9	)%	8.0	%	8.3	%
Other	9.1			28.5			(19.4		)	(68.1	)%	22.2	%	24.4	%
Total gross profit	$	108.4		$	408.0		$	(299.6	)	(73.4	)%	10.2	%	10.3	%

Selling, general and administrative expenses	$	91.7		$	329.5		$	237.8		72.2	%	8.6	%	8.3	%
Transaction related costs	21.3			0.1			(21.2		)	*		2.0	%	*
Change in fair value of contingent consideration obligations	(11.2		)	—			11.2			*		(1.1	)%	—	%
Operating income	6.6			78.4			(71.8		)	(91.6	)%	0.6	%	2.0	%
Other income	0.5			11.4			(10.9		)	(95.6	)%	*		0.3	%
Interest expense, net	(14.3		)	(64.7		)	50.4			77.9	%	(1.3	)%	(1.6	)%
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes	(7.2		)	25.1			(32.3		)	(128.7	)%	(0.7	)%	0.6	%
Income tax expense	1.2			3.9			2.7			69.2	%	0.1	%	0.1	%
Net income (loss) from continuing operations	(8.4		)	21.2			(29.6		)	(139.6	)%	(0.8	)%	0.5	%
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax	—			(0.8		)	0.8			100.0	%	—	%	*
Net income (loss)	$	(8.4	)	$	20.4		$	(28.8	)	(141.2	)%	(0.8	)%	0.5	%

* not meaningful

Table of Contents

Sales and operating revenues

Sales and operating revenues for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016 as compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015 decreased $2,883.4 million or 73.0%. The decrease was primarily attributable to comparing periods that include the acquired business’ operating results for a 114 day period as compared to operating results of 365 days. Additionally, declines in revenue were driven by lower sales per shipping day and lower average selling prices in both our Chemicals and Plastics businesses as a result of the decline in oil and other commodity prices during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016, as well as, weaker industrial demand.

Chemicals

Sales and operating revenues for the Chemicals line of business for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016 as compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015 decreased $1,478.0 million or 75.6%. The decrease was primarily attributable to comparing periods that include the acquired business’ operating results for a 114 day period as compared to operating results of 365 days. Sales per shipping day declined 22.2% as average selling prices declined as a result of lower oil and commodity prices. Additionally, certain suppliers have elected to supply customers directly.

Plastics

Sales and operating revenues for the Plastics line of business for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016 as compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015 decreased $1,329.4 million or 70.9%. The decrease was primarily attributable to comparing periods that include the acquired business’ operating results for a 114 day period as compared to operating results of 365 days. Sales per shipping day decreased 7.2% as average selling prices declined due to lower oil and other commodity prices, as well as, weaker industrial demand.

Other

Sales and operating revenues for the Other line of business for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016 as compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015 decreased $76.0 million or 65.0%. The decrease in revenues was primarily attributable to comparing periods that include the acquired business’ operating results for a 114 day period as compared to operating results of 365 days. Revenues per working day increased 11.4% due to a favorable shift in product mix.

Gross profit

Gross profit declined $299.6 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016 compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015. The decrease in gross profit was primarily due to comparing periods that include the acquired business’ operating results for a 114 day period to operating results of 365 days. Gross profit as a percentage of sales for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016 was 10.2% as compared to 10.3% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015. This decrease was primarily attributable to the recognition of $13.8 million associated with the inventory step up recorded due to the Business Combination, and additional depreciation expense of approximately $2.1 million resulting from the step up in fair value of property, plant and equipment as a result of the Business Combination.

Chemicals

Gross profit declined $168.7 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016 compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015. The decrease in gross profit was primarily due to comparing periods that include the acquired business’ operating results for a 114 day period to operating results of 365 days. Gross profit as a percentage of sales for the Chemicals line of business for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016 was 11.7% as compared to 11.5% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015. The increase was attributable to a better pricing discipline and improved delivery costs to service our customers, offset by the recognition of $6.0 million of inventory step up recorded due to the Business Combination, and additional depreciation expense of approximately $1.6 million resulting from the step up in fair value of property, plant and equipment as a result of the Business Combination.

Table of Contents

Plastics

Gross profit declined $111.5 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016 compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015. The decrease in gross profit was primarily due to comparing periods that include the acquired business’ operating results for a 114 day period to operating results of 365 days. Gross profit as a percentage of sales for the Plastics line of business for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016 was 8.0% as compared to 8.3% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015. The decrease was primarily attributable to the recognition of $7.8 million related to the inventory step up recorded due to the Business Combination and additional depreciation expense of approximately $0.5 million resulting from the step up in fair value of property, plant and equipment as a result of the Business Combination.

Other

Gross profit declined $19.4 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016 compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015. The decrease in gross profit was primarily due to comparing periods that include the acquired business’ operating results for a 114 day period to operating results of 365 days. Gross profit as a percentage of sales for the Other line of business for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016 was 22.2% as compared to 24.4% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015. The decrease was primarily attributable to price compression associated with a competitive market.

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016 decreased $237.8 million or 72.2% compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015. The decrease was primarily attributable to comparing periods that include the acquired business’ operating results for a 114 day period as compared to operating results of 365 days. Selling, general and administrative expenses per day for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016 decreased approximately 10.9% compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015. This decrease was driven primarily by lower employee and consulting costs as a result of execution on key productivity, certain cost management initiatives, and lower employee variable compensation costs. This decrease was partially offset by increased depreciation and amortization expense as a result of the fair value step up in assets associated with the Business Combination and increased audit fees as a result of the Business Combination's additional reporting requirements.

Transaction related costs

We incurred $21.3 million in transaction related costs for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016. These costs were related to legal and consulting costs incurred in connection with the Business Combination.

Change in fair value of contingent consideration obligations

The net gain of $11.2 million during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016 is related to the contingent consideration associated with the Deferred Cash Consideration and the TRA. See Notes 3 and 9 to our consolidated financial statements.

Other income

Other income for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016 was $0.5 million and is primarily related to a $0.8 million reimbursement received for certain equipment as part of the eminent domain proceeding for our Franklin Park, Illinois facility offset by a $0.2 million loss related to sale of property and equipment. Other income for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015 was $11.4 million and was mainly due to a gain of $8.0 million recorded in connection with the release of escrow funds from a previous acquisition in the second quarter of fiscal year 2015, a gain of $1.7 million on the sale of old private fleet trucks and a gain of $0.6 million on the repurchase of the Notes.

Interest expense, net

Interest expense, net for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016 was $14.3 million and is primarily related to the debt acquired in connection with the Business Combination, along with the amortization of the costs associated with issuing the debt. Interest expense, net for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015 was $64.7 million and is primarily related to the Predecessor debt, along with the amortization of the costs associated with issuing the debt. The decrease was primarily due to comparing periods that include operating results for a 114 day period as compared to operating results of 365 days.

Table of Contents

Income tax expense

Income tax expense for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016 was $1.2 million and is primarily attributable to foreign income tax expense on profitable foreign operations, primarily EMEA and Mexico. Successor and Predecessor income taxes are generally not comparable as the Predecessor was organized as a limited liability company and taxed as a partnership for U.S. income tax purposes. Predecessor income tax expense for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015 was $3.9 million and primarily attributable to foreign income tax expense on profitable foreign operations, primarily Canada, Mexico, the U.K., and Spain.

October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016 (Predecessor) Compared with Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2015 (Predecessor)



	Predecessor			Predecessor								Percentage of Sales and Operating Revenues For
	October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016			Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2015			Period Over Period Favorable (Unfavorable)					October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016		Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2015
(in millions)	October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016			Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2015			$ Change			% Change		October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016		Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2015
Sales and operating revenues
Chemicals	$	1,066.4		$	1,956.1		$	(889.7	)	(45.5	)%	45.6	%	49.5	%
Plastics	1,192.2			1,876.1			(683.9		)	(36.5	)%	50.9	%	47.5	%
Other	81.5			116.9			(35.4		)	(30.3	)%	3.5	%	3.0	%
Total sales and operating revenues	$	2,340.1		$	3,949.1		$	(1,609.0	)	(40.7	)%	100.0	%	100.0	%

Gross profit
Chemicals	$	136.2		$	224.4		$	(88.2	)	(39.3	)%	12.8	%	11.5	%
Plastics	117.6			155.1			(37.5		)	(24.2	)%	9.9	%	8.3	%
Other	18.1			28.5			(10.4		)	(36.5	)%	22.2	%	24.4	%
Total gross profit	$	271.9		$	408.0		$	(136.1	)	(33.4	)%	11.6	%	10.3	%

Selling, general and administrative expenses	$	208.9		$	329.5		$	120.6		36.6	%	8.9	%	8.3	%
Transaction related costs	33.4			0.1			(33.3		)	*		1.4	%	*
Operating income	29.6			78.4			(48.8		)	(62.2	)%	1.3	%	2.0	%
Other income	2.9			11.4			(8.5		)	(74.6	)%	0.1	%	0.3	%
Interest expense, net	(42.2		)	(64.7		)	22.5			34.8	%	(1.8	)%	(1.6	)%
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes	(9.7		)	25.1			(34.8		)	(138.6	)%	(0.4	)%	0.6	%
Income tax expense	4.2			3.9			(0.3		)	(7.7	)%	0.2	%	0.1	%
Net income (loss) from continuing operations	(13.9		)	21.2			(35.1		)	(165.6	)%	(0.6	)%	0.5	%
Net income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax	0.1			(0.8		)	0.9			112.5	%	*		*
Net income (loss)	$	(13.8	)	$	20.4		$	(34.2	)	(167.6	)%	(0.6	)%	0.5	%

* not meaningful

Table of Contents

Sales and operating revenues

Sales and operating revenues from October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016 as compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015 decreased $1,609.0 million or 40.7%. The decrease was primarily attributable to comparing periods that include the Predecessor's operating results for a 252 day period as compared to operating results of 365 days. Additionally, declines in revenue were driven by lower sales per shipping day and lower average selling prices in both our Chemicals and Plastics businesses as a result of the decline in oil and other commodity prices from October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016, as well as, weaker industrial demand.

Chemicals

Sales and operating revenues for the Chemicals line of business from October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016 as compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015 decreased $889.7 million or 45.5%. The decrease was primarily attributable to comparing periods that include the Predecessor's operating results for a 252 day period as compared to operating results of 365 days. Sales per shipping day declined 21.0% as average selling prices declined as a result of lower oil and commodity prices. Additionally, certain suppliers have elected to supply customers directly.

Plastics

Sales and operating revenues for the Plastics line of business from October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016 as compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015 decreased $683.9 million or 36.5%. The decrease was primarily attributable to comparing periods that include the Predecessor's operating results for a 252 day period as compared to operating results of 365 days. Sales per shipping day decreased 7.9% as average selling prices declined due to lower oil and other commodity prices as well as weaker industrial demand.

Other

Sales and operating revenues for the Other line of business from October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016 as compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015 decreased $35.4 million or 30.3%. The decrease in revenues was primarily due to comparing periods that include the Predecessor's operating results for a 252 day period as compared to operating results of 365 days. Revenues per working day increased 1.1% due to new customer acquisitions as well as expanded operations with existing customers.

Gross profit

Gross profit declined $136.1 million from October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016 compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015. The decrease in gross profit was primarily due to comparing periods that include the Predecessor's operating results for a 252 day period to operating results of 365 days. Gross profit as a percentage of sales from October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016 was 11.6% as compared to 10.3% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015. This increase was primarily attributable to the positive impact from October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016 of (i) certain profitability initiatives, (ii) improved product mix and (iii) the decrease in cost of sales and operating expenses driven by the execution of cost saving efforts, including better utilization of our private fleet, better management of certain warehouse costs and other operating improvements and lower costs for certain products, particularly commodities.

Chemicals

Gross profit declined $88.2 million from October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016 compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015. The decrease in gross profit was primarily due to comparing periods that include the Predecessor's operating results for a 252 day period to operating results of 365 days. Gross profit as a percentage of sales for the Chemicals line of business from October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016 was 12.8% as compared to 11.5% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015. The increase was primarily attributable to the positive impact during the period from October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016 of (i) our profitability initiatives, (ii) effective management of product costs in the deflationary environment, (iii) improved product mix and, (iv) the continued execution of cost saving efforts including better utilization of our private fleet, better management of certain warehouse costs and other operating improvements.

Table of Contents

Plastics

Gross profit declined $37.5 million from October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016 compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015. The decrease in gross profit was primarily due to comparing periods that include the Predecessor's operating results for a 252 day period to operating results of 365 days. Gross profit as a percentage of sales for the Plastics line of business from October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016 was 9.9% as compared to 8.3% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015. The increase was primarily the result of the continued impact of certain profitability initiatives that are helping to reduce the impact of the price compression and volume declines we are experiencing, improved product mix and the decrease in operating expenses that resulted from the continued execution of cost saving efforts including better utilization of our private fleet, better management of certain warehouse costs and other operating improvements.

Other

Gross profit declined $10.4 million from October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016 compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015. The decrease in gross profit was primarily due to comparing periods that include the Predecessor's operating results for a 252 day period to operating results of 365 days. Gross profit as a percentage of sales for the Other line of business from October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016 was 22.2% as compared to 24.4% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015. The decrease was primarily due to higher costs related to new and expanded operations coupled with lower margins on recycled materials as the result of a decline in market value of the materials and some price compression associated with a competitive market.

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses from October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016 decreased $120.6 million or 36.6% compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015. The decrease was primarily attributable to comparing periods that include the Predecessor's operating results for a 252 day period as compared to operating results of 365 days. Selling, general and administrative expenses per day for the period from October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016 decreased by approximately 8.2% compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015. This decrease was primarily driven by lower employee and consulting costs as a result of execution on key productivity and cost management initiatives.

Transaction related costs

We incurred $33.4 million in transaction related costs from October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016. These costs were primarily related to legal and consulting costs incurred in connection with the Business Combination.

Other income

Other income from October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016 was $2.9 million and was primarily due to a gain of $2.0 million in the sale of old private fleet tractors that were replaced with tractors under the Ryder Lease and a $0.6 million gain on the repurchase of $9.5 million of our Notes. See Notes 5 and 7 to our consolidated financial statements. Other income for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015 was $11.4 million and was mainly due to a gain of $8.0 million recorded in connection with the release of escrow funds from a previous acquisition in the second quarter of fiscal year 2015, a gain of $1.7 million on the sale of old private fleet trucks and a gain of $0.6 million on the repurchase of the Notes.

Interest expense, net

Interest expense, net from October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016 and for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015 was $42.2 million and $64.7 million, respectively. Interest expense, net is primarily related to the Predecessor debt, along with the amortization of the costs associated with issuing the debt. The decrease was primarily due to comparing periods that include the Predecessor's operating results for a 252 day period as compared to operating results of 365 days.

Income tax expense

Income tax expense from October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016 was $4.2 million and attributable to income tax expense on profitable foreign operations, primarily Canada, EMEA, Puerto Rico and Mexico. Income tax expense for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015 was $3.9 million and largely attributable to foreign income tax expense on profitable foreign operations, primarily Canada, Mexico, the U.K., and Spain.

Table of Contents

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2015 (Predecessor) Compared with Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2014 (Predecessor)



	Predecessor			Predecessor
	Fiscal Year Ended September 30,			Fiscal Year Ended September 30,			Period Over Period Favorable (Unfavorable)					Percentage of Sales and Operating Revenues For the Fiscal Year Ended September 30,
(in millions)	2015			2014			$ Change			% Change		2015		2014
Sales and operating revenues
Chemicals	$	1,956.1		$	2,293.3		$	(337.2	)	(14.7	)%	49.5	%	50.8	%
Plastics	1,876.1			2,101.6			(225.5		)	(10.7	)%	47.5	%	46.6	%
Other	116.9			119.6			(2.7		)	(2.3	)%	3.0	%	2.6	%
Total sales and operating revenues	$	3,949.1		$	4,514.5		$	(565.4	)	(12.5	)%	100.0	%	100.0	%

Gross profit
Chemicals	$	224.4		$	212.7		$	11.7		5.5	%	11.5	%	9.3	%
Plastics	155.1			159.4			(4.3		)	(2.7	)%	8.3	%	7.6	%
Other	28.5			29.6			(1.1		)	(3.7	)%	24.4	%	24.7	%
Total gross profit	$	408.0		$	401.7		$	6.3		1.6	%	10.3	%	8.9	%

Selling, general and administrative expenses	$	329.5		$	335.8		$	6.3		1.9	%	8.3	%	7.4	%
Transaction related costs	0.1			12.6			12.5			99.2	%	*		0.3	%
Operating income	78.4			53.3			25.1			47.1	%	2.0	%	1.2	%
Other income	11.4			5.4			6.0			111.1	%	0.3	%	0.1	%
Interest expense, net	(64.7		)	(63.6		)	(1.1		)	(1.7	)%	(1.6	)%	(1.4	)%
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes	25.1			(4.9		)	30.0			*		0.6	%	(0.1	)%
Income tax expense	3.9			7.3			3.4			46.6	%	0.1	%	0.2	%
Net income (loss) from continuing operations	21.2			(12.2		)	33.4			273.8	%	0.5	%	(0.3	)%
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax	(0.8		)	18.4			(19.2		)	(104.3	)%	*		0.4	%
Net income	$	20.4		$	6.2		$	14.2		229.0	%	0.5	%	0.1	%

* not meaningful

Sales and operating revenues

Sales and operating revenues for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015 as compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2014 decreased $565.4 million or 12.5%. The decrease in revenues was attributable to lower average selling prices and lower sales volumes in both our Chemicals and Plastics lines of business primarily as a result of the decline in oil prices during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015. Additionally, revenue decreased as a result of the decision to stop certain transactions in North America and China that were not meeting our profitability thresholds or were not consistent with our long-term strategy, including a decision made late in fiscal year 2014 to stop serving certain trader business in China. Furthermore, revenue decreased by $121.4 million, or 2.7%, as a result of the weakening of the exchange rates of various currencies versus the U.S. dollar in fiscal year 2015 as compared to fiscal year 2014. The decrease in revenue was partially offset by the impact to our Chemicals line of business of an additional six months of operations from both the Archway Acquisition and an additional two months of operations from the CSD Acquisition in the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015, which collectively contributed $93.9 million.

Table of Contents

Chemicals

Sales and operating revenues for the Chemicals line of business for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015 as compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2014 decreased $337.2 million or 14.7%. The revenue decrease was primarily attributable to a decline in sales volumes of our commodity products in our operations in North America and Asia, which resulted in part from the decision to stop certain transactions that were not meeting our profitability thresholds or were not consistent with our long-term strategy, including a decision made late in fiscal year 2014 to stop serving certain trader business in China. Additionally, across the multiple product categories sold, average selling prices declined in our Asia and North America operations, driven by the decline in oil prices during fiscal year 2015. While average selling prices declined in fiscal year 2015 compared to fiscal year 2014 due to the deflationary environment, these price declines were partially offset in North America by the positive significant impact of certain pricing initiatives, as well as favorable changes in product mix. The decrease in revenue was also partially offset by the impact of an additional six months of operations from both the Archway Acquisition and an additional two months of operations from the CSD Acquisition in the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015, which collectively contributed $93.9 million.

Plastics

Sales and operating revenues for the Plastics line of business for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015 as compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2014 decreased $225.5 million or 10.7%. Revenue decreased $105.9 million, or approximately 5.0%, as a result of the weakening of the exchange rates of various currencies versus the U.S. dollar in fiscal year 2015 as compared to fiscal year 2014. The revenue decrease was also attributable to volume declines in our operations in EMEA and China, which were the result of softer demand driven by lower oil prices in fiscal year 2015 compared to fiscal year 2014, as well as pricing pressure in our operations in North America and EMEA. Furthermore, revenue decreased as a result of the decision to stop certain transactions that were not meeting our profitability thresholds or were not consistent with our long-term strategy, including a decision made late in fiscal year 2014 to stop serving certain trader business in China. The overall revenue decrease was partially offset by the impact of certain profitability initiatives that are helping to reduce the impact of the price compression we were experiencing, as well as slight volume increases in our operations in North America in both commodity and specialty products.

Other

Sales and operating revenues for the Other line of business for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015 as compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2014 decreased $2.7 million or 2.3%. The decrease in revenues was primarily due to decreased sales volumes of composite products in our Asia operations in fiscal year 2015 compared to fiscal year 2014. This decrease in revenues was partially offset by new customer acquisitions as well as expanded operations with existing customers.

Gross profit

Gross profit increased $6.3 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015 as compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2014. Overall, this increase in gross profit was primarily attributable to the impact of the Archway Acquisition and the CSD Acquisition on our Chemicals line of business, improved profitability resulting from the positive impact in the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015 of certain pricing initiatives and the decrease in certain operating expenses, such as, (i) lower costs for products, (ii) lower sales volumes in our Plastics and Chemicals lines of business and (iii) a decrease in certain operating expenses, driven by the execution of cost saving efforts, including better utilization of our private fleet, better management of certain warehouse costs and other operating improvements. The increase in gross profit was partially offset by a decrease of $8.4 million, or approximately 2.1%, as a result of the weakening of the exchange rates of various currencies versus the U.S. dollar in fiscal year 2015 as compared to fiscal year 2014.

Table of Contents

Chemicals

Gross profit increased $11.7 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015 as compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2014. This increase was primarily attributable to the impact of the Archway Acquisition and the CSD Acquisition, coupled with the positive impact during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015 from our profitability initiatives, favorable changes in product mix and efforts to reduce operating costs, which offset the declines in volume and average selling prices described above. Additionally, gross profit during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015 included $1.4 million from the favorable settlement of claims with suppliers, offset by the impact of a non-cash inventory impairment charge of $1.6 million associated with our operations in Asia, both of which occurred during the first quarter of fiscal year 2015. The inventory impairment was driven primarily by the impact of the significant decline in oil prices. Gross profit during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2014 included the effect of an inventory step-up charge of $1.2 million resulting from the CSD Acquisition and non-cash impairment charges of $1.4 million allocated to the Chemicals line of business associated with the closure of two facilities, offset by the favorable impact of $5.9 million of insurance proceeds received during that period in connection with the fire at our Garland facility.

Plastics

Gross profit decreased $4.3 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015 as compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2014. Gross profit decreased $7.6 million, or 4.8%, as a result of the weakening of the exchange rates of various currencies versus the U.S. dollar in fiscal year 2015 as compared to fiscal year 2014. Gross profit also decreased as the result of the overall deflationary price environment which caused us to sell inventory that was previously purchased at higher prices, primarily in the first and second quarters of fiscal year 2015. The decrease in gross profit was partially offset by the impact of certain profitability initiatives that were helping to reduce the impact of the price compression we were experiencing, and the decrease in operating expenses that resulted from the execution of cost saving efforts including better utilization of our private fleet, better management of certain warehouse costs and other operating improvements.

Other

Gross profit decreased $1.1 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015 as compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2014 primarily due to decreased sales volumes of composite products in our Asia operations compared to fiscal year 2014 partially offset by an increase driven by new customer acquisitions as well as expanded operations with existing customers.

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015 decreased $6.3 million or 1.9% compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2014. Included in selling, general and administrative expenses is approximately $12.7 million, including $3.3 million of depreciation and amortization expense, attributable to the estimated impact of two months of additional operations from the CSD Acquisition and six additional months of operations from the Archway Acquisition during fiscal year 2015. Beginning on July 1, 2015, we fully integrated Archway into our own operations. Excluding the impact of this $12.7 million, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased $19.0 million in fiscal year 2015 compared to fiscal year 2014 primarily due to (i) a decrease of $5.6 million in consulting costs, (ii) lower travel costs of $4.1 million, (iii) lower employee costs of $3.3 million, (iv) lower bad debt expense of $2.8 million, primarily related to specific customer write-offs in fiscal year 2014, (v) other costs decrease of $2.4 million, primarily related to telecommunications expense and (vi) lower insurance costs of $1.9 million. Lower expenses were the result of our execution on key productivity and cost management initiatives. These decreases were partially offset by an increase in depreciation and amortization expense of $1.2 million associated with facility, equipment and vehicle investments made in fiscal year 2015, and an unfavorable foreign exchange variance over the prior fiscal year of $1.0 million primarily associated with fluctuations in the RMB exchange rate versus the U.S. dollar.

Transaction related costs

We incurred $0.1 million in transaction related costs for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015 compared to $12.6 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2014, a decrease of $12.5 million. Transaction related costs incurred during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2014 related primarily to legal and consulting costs incurred in connection with the CSD Acquisition and the Archway Acquisition, which closed on December 1, 2013 and April 1, 2014, respectively.

Table of Contents

Other income

Other income for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015 increased $6.0 million or 111.1% compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2014. Other income for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015 included (i) a gain of $8.0 million recorded in connection with the release of escrow funds from the CSD Acquisition in the second quarter of fiscal year 2015, (ii) a gain of $1.7 million on the sale of old private fleet trucks and (iii) a gain of $0.6 million on the repurchase of our Notes. Other income for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2014 was primarily related to a gain of $4.0 million recorded in connection with insurance proceeds related to the fire at our Garland facility.

Interest expense, net

Net interest expense for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015 increased $1.1 million or 1.7% compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2014. Interest expense was primarily related to the Predecessor Term Loan Facility, the Notes and the Predecessor ABL Facility, along with the amortization of the costs associated with issuing the debt. The increase in interest expense was primarily due to additional borrowings under the Predecessor Term Loan Facility as a result of the amendment entered into in the second quarter of fiscal year 2014. This increase was partially offset by a decrease in interest expense related to lower short-term and Predecessor ABL Facility borrowings outstanding during fiscal year 2015.

Income tax expense

Income tax expense for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015 decreased $3.4 million or 46.6% compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2014. Income tax expense for these fiscal years is primarily determined by the taxable income in foreign jurisdictions and certain U.S., Federal, state and local jurisdictions. The decrease in income tax expense in fiscal year 2015 compared to fiscal year 2014 is largely attributed to the reduced profitability of our China operations.

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax, for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015 decreased $19.2 million or 104.3% compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2014. The loss from discontinued operations during fiscal year 2015 was the result of certain expenses incurred to terminate activity and relationships associated with these operations. Income from discontinued operations for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2014 was primarily related to the gain recorded on the Composites Sale of $14.3 million.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview

Our primary sources of liquidity are cash flows generated from our operations and our borrowing availability under the ABL Facility. Cash flows generated from our operations are influenced by seasonal patterns of our business and other timing circumstances that can result in increases or decreases in working capital requirements for any given period during the course of our fiscal year. Our ability to generate sufficient cash flows from our operating activities will continue to be primarily dependent on purchasing and distributing chemical and plastic materials. Additionally, our ability to generate cash flows in the normal course of business can be significantly influenced by changing global and regional macroeconomic conditions. Borrowing availability under the ABL Facility is subject to a borrowing base generally comprised of eligible inventory, accounts receivable and cash and cash equivalents held in certain accounts and certain of its subsidiaries. Our availability under the ABL Facility is, therefore, potentially subject to fluctuations, depending on the value of the eligible assets in the borrowing base on a given valuation date. An inability to borrow under the ABL Facility may adversely affect our liquidity, results of operations and financial condition.

Our operating cash requirements consist principally of inventory purchases, trade credit extended to customers, labor, occupancy costs and transportation and delivery costs. Non-operating cash requirements include debt service requirements, acquisition-related costs and capital expenditures.

Table of Contents

Capital Expenditures

Cash capital expenditures for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016 for the Successor and from October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016 for the Predecessor were $12.7 million and $14.2 million, respectively, and related primarily to facility improvements and information technology investments. We expect our aggregate capital expenditures for fiscal year 2017 (excluding acquisitions and any assets acquired via capital leases) to be approximately $25.0-$30.0 million. These expenditures are expected to be primarily related to fixed asset replacements, improvements to our information technology infrastructure and additions of equipment and vehicles.

The Predecessor took delivery of 106 tractors under the Ryder Lease during the period from October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016 and made capital lease payments of $2.9 million. The Successor took delivery of the final tractor and made capital lease payments of $1.8 million during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016. In connection with the delivery of these tractors, $13.9 million of equipment cost and corresponding capital lease obligations were reflected in the consolidated financial statements of the Predecessor. The initial total equipment cost and corresponding capital lease obligations associated with the Ryder Lease were $25.9 million. We are permitted to terminate the lease of an individual tractor on the anniversary of its delivery date, provided that certain conditions are met. In the event we terminate the lease of an individual tractor in accordance with the terms of the Ryder Lease, we may elect to purchase the individual tractor at a predetermined residual value or return the tractor to Ryder, subject to an adjustment based on the then-current market value of the individual tractor. See Notes 5 and 7 to our consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the Predecessor entered into a lease agreement for a new facility in Montgomery, Illinois. The lease has a term of 15 years, with annual payments beginning at $1.1 million per year. This lease agreement is accounted for as a capital lease and the lease term began in the first quarter of fiscal 2017. See Note 5 to our consolidated financial statements.

Indebtedness

On June 9, 2016, we entered into the ABL Facility which provides for asset-based secured credit financing. We also entered into the Term Loan Facility, which allows us to draw secured term loan financing.

Credit Facilities

ABL Facility

On June 9, 2016, the ABL Borrowers entered into the ABL Facility which provides for revolving credit financing including a U.S. Tranche of up to $505.0 million, a Canadian Tranche of up to the U.S. dollar equivalent of $40.0 million, and a FILO Tranche up to $30.0 million. Under the ABL Facility, up to $50.0 million in the case of the U.S. Tranche and $10.0 million in the case of the Canadian Tranche may be short-term borrowings upon same-day notice, referred to as swingline loans. The ABL Facility is unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by Holdings and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Sub Holding. Additionally, Solutions, Holdings and Sub Holding are also co-borrowers under the U.S. Tranche and the FILO Tranche of the ABL Facility on a joint and several basis, and Nexeo Solutions Canada Corp. is the borrower under the Canadian Tranche. The ABL Facility matures on June 9, 2021. Provided no default or event of default then exists or would arise therefrom, the ABL Borrowers have the option, at the beginning of each quarter, to request that the ABL Facility be increased by an aggregate amount, when included with any incremental borrowings issued under the Term Loan Facility, not to exceed $175.0 million. .

Obligations under the ABL Facility are secured by a first priority lien on all ABL first lien collateral, including eligible inventory and accounts receivable of the ABL Borrowers, and a second priority lien on all Term Loan first lien collateral (other than a second priority security interest in, and mortgages on, any real property), including outstanding equity interests of the Borrower and certain of the other subsidiaries of Holdings, in each case, subject to certain limitations; provided, that no ABL Facility first lien collateral or Term Loan Facility first lien collateral owned by the Canadian Borrower secure the obligations owing under the U.S. tranche of the ABL Facility.

The ABL Facility includes a letter of credit sub-facility, which permits up to $200.0 million of letters of credit under the U.S. Tranche (which may be denominated in U.S. dollars, euros or other currencies approved by the administrative agent and the issuing bank) and up to the U.S. dollar equivalent of $10.0 million of letters of credit under the Canadian Tranche (which may be denominated in CAD only). The ABL Facility also contains a FILO Tranche which can be used by any non-Canadian foreign subsidiary for loans or letters of credit up to an aggregate amount not to exceed $30.0 million.

Table of Contents

Fees paid to the lenders during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016 in connection with the ABL Facility totaled $6.8 million and were recorded as debt issuance costs in Other non-current assets on the consolidated balance sheet to be amortized as interest expense over the remaining term of the ABL Facility.

At September 30, 2016, we had $117.7 million in borrowings outstanding under the ABL Facility. Interest expense related to the ABL Facility, excluding amortization of debt issuance costs, was $1.8 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016.

Term Loan Facility

Obligations under the Term Loan Facility are secured by a first priority lien on all Term Loan first lien collateral, including outstanding equity interests of the Borrower and certain of the other subsidiaries of Holdings, and a second priority lien on all ABL first lien collateral, including accounts receivable and inventory of the loan parties under the Term Loan Facility, subject to certain limitations.

At September 30, 2016, we had $653.4 million in borrowings outstanding under the Term Loan Facility. We are required to make early principal payments on an annual basis, commencing with the fiscal year ending September 30, 2017, if cash flows for the year, as defined in the agreement, exceed certain levels specified in the agreement. Interest expense related to the Term Loan Facility, excluding original issue discount amortization and amortization of debt issuance costs was $10.9 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016.

Fees paid to the lenders during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016 in connection with the Term Loan Facility totaled $18.5 million and were recorded as a reduction of the debt balance to be amortized as interest expense over the remaining term of the Term Loan Facility.

At September 30, 2016, we were in compliance with the covenants of the Credit Facilities.

Predecessor Credit Facilities

In addition to cash flows generated from its operations, the Predecessor’s sources of liquidity included borrowings under the Predecessor Credit Facilities. The Predecessor’s ABL Facility was scheduled to mature on July 11, 2017 and the Predecessor Term Loan Facility was scheduled to mature on September 9, 2017. As of the Closing Date, the Predecessor was in compliance with the covenants of the Predecessor Credit Facilities. In connection with the completion of the Business Combination, a principal payment of $617.5 million was made and all of the Predecessor’s outstanding indebtedness and other obligations under the Predecessor Credit Facilities were fully discharged.

Predecessor Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018

The Notes were scheduled to mature on March 1, 2018. Effective as of the Closing Date, the Issuers redeemed all of the approximately $149.7 million principal amount of the Notes outstanding at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount (plus accrued and unpaid interest up to, but not including the Closing Date). The Issuers had previously notified the holders of the Notes that they had elected to redeem the Notes on the Closing Date. The Issuers and the guarantors under the Notes have been released from their respective obligations under the Notes and the Indenture governing the Notes, effective as of the Closing Date.

As of the Closing Date, the Predecessor was in compliance with the covenants of the indenture governing the Notes.

Table of Contents

Liquidity

The following table summarizes our liquidity position as of September 30, 2016 for the Successor and September 30, 2015 for the Predecessor:



	Successor		Predecessor
	September 30, 2016		September 30, 2015
Cash and cash equivalents	$	47.5	$	127.7
Predecessor ABL Facility availability	—		321.4
ABL Facility availability	273.8		—
Total liquidity	$	321.3	$	449.1

Cash and Cash Equivalents

At September 30, 2016, we had $47.5 million in cash and cash equivalents of which $41.9 million was held by foreign subsidiaries, $36.9 million of which was denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, primarily in euros and RMB. At September 30, 2016, we had $6.5 million in China denominated in RMB. While the RMB is convertible into U.S. dollars, foreign exchange transactions are subject to approvals from the SAFE. We do not anticipate any significant adverse impact to overall liquidity from restrictions on cash and cash equivalents.

ABL Facility

Under the ABL Facility, if as of any date of determination when Trigger Event Excess Availability (as defined in the ABL Facility) is below certain thresholds or upon certain defaults, the ABL Borrowers will be required to deposit cash on a daily basis from certain depository accounts in a collection account maintained with the administrative agent, which will be used to repay outstanding loans and cash collateralized letters of credit. At September 30, 2016, Trigger Event Excess Availability under the ABL Facility was $273.8 million, which was $230.3 million in excess of the $43.5 million threshold that would trigger the foregoing requirements.

Based on current and anticipated levels of operations, capital spending projections and conditions in our markets, we believe that cash on hand, together with cash flows from operations and borrowings available under the ABL Facility, are adequate to meet our working capital and capital expenditure needs as well as any debt service and other cash requirements for at least twelve months.

In addition to operating and non-operating cash requirements previously described, our longer-term liquidity needs are primarily related to our final maturity debt payments due in 2021 and 2023. Depending on market conditions and other factors, we may also consider alternative financing options, including, but not limited to, issuance of equity, issuance of new debt or refinancing of our existing debt obligations.

Table of Contents

Cash Flows

The following table sets forth the major categories of our cash flows for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016 for the Successor, and from October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016 and fiscal years ended September 30, 2015 and 2014 for the Predecessor.



	Successor			Predecessor
	Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2016			October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016			Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2015			Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2014
(in millions)	Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2016			October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016			Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2015			Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2014
Net cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations	$	3.2		$	69.5		$	154.7		$	50.8
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities from discontinued operations	—			0.1			(0.6		)	6.7
Net cash provided by operating activities	3.2			69.6			154.1			57.5
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities from continuing operations	133.0			(11.8		)	(31.5		)	(270.0		)
Net cash provided by investing activities from discontinued operations	—			—			—			60.1
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities	133.0			(11.8		)	(31.5		)	(209.9		)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	(88.9		)	(121.5		)	(81.8		)	166.5
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents	—			0.3			(1.3		)	(0.5		)
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	47.3			(63.4		)	39.5			13.6
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period	0.2			127.7			88.2			74.6
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period	$	47.5		$	64.3		$	127.7		$	88.2

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2016 (Successor) Compared with Period October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016, Fiscal Years Ended September 30, 2015 and 2014 (Predecessor)

Cash flows from operating activities

Net cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016 was $3.2 million, based on a 114 day operating period. Net loss from continuing operations of $8.4 million, adjusted for loss on sale of property and equipment and significant non-cash items such as depreciation and amortization expenses, debt issuance costs amortization, transaction costs paid in stock, equity based compensation, and changes relating to contingent consideration liabilities, deferred income taxes, provision for bad debt and reimbursement for certain capital expenditures incurred in connection with eminent domain proceeding, collectively totaling $23.0 million, provided $14.6 million of cash inflow from continuing operations during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016. Additionally, cash flows from continuing operations were impacted by an increase in accounts and notes receivable of $5.0 million, primarily driven by the timing of collections on accounts receivable during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016. There have been no significant changes in billing terms or collection processes during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016. Additionally, cash flows from operations were impacted by a net decrease of $19.4 million in accounts payable and accrued expenses, driven primarily by payment of approximately $29.4 million of transaction costs accrued by the Predecessor at the time of the closing of the Business Combination, partially offset by the timing of payments and a decrease in inventories of $12.5 million during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016. The decrease in inventories includes the decrease of $13.8 million related to the fair value adjustment to inventory as of the Closing Date, partially offset by a shift in inventory mix towards higher value plastics products.

Net cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations for the period from October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016 for the Predecessor was $69.5 million, based on a 252 day operating period. Net loss from continuing operations of $13.9 million, adjusted for gain on sale of property and equipment and significant non-cash items such as depreciation and amortization expenses, debt issuance costs, bad debt, equity based compensation, deferred income taxes and gain on debt extinguishment, collectively totaling $46.2 million, resulted in $32.3 million of cash inflow from continuing operations for the period from October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016. Additionally, cash flows from continuing operations were positively impacted by a decrease in accounts and notes receivable of $34.4 million, increase in accounts payable of $13.4 million and a decrease in inventory of $8.4 million. These amounts were offset by a decrease in accrued expenses and other liabilities of $9.7 million and a change in other current assets and other operating assets and liabilities of $9.0 million.

Table of Contents

Net cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015 for the Predecessor, was $154.7 million. Net income from continuing operations of $21.2 million, adjusted for gains on sale of assets, gain from debt extinguishment and significant non-cash items such as depreciation and amortization expenses, debt issuance costs amortization, provision for bad debt, inventory impairment, deferred income taxes and equity-based compensation charges, collectively totaling $64.4 million, provided $85.6 million of cash inflow from continuing operations during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015. Additionally, cash flows from continuing operations were impacted by a decrease in accounts and notes receivable of $109.7 million, driven by lower sales volumes experienced during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015, falling average selling prices and timing of collections at year end. There were no significant changes in billing terms or collection processes during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015. Additionally, cash flows from operations were impacted by a net decrease of $98.9 million in accounts payable and accrued expenses, primarily driven by lower inventory purchases due to lower volumes. The decrease in inventory of $50.5 million during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015 reflects the impact of lower prices for inventory purchases as well as improved inventory management. Additionally, there was a decrease in other current assets of $8.2 million partially due to a reduction in inventory prepayments.

Net cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2014 for the Predecessor, was $50.8 million. The net loss from continuing operations of $12.2 million, adjusted for gains on sale of assets, gain from proceeds of insurance claims, foreign currency gain and significant non-cash items such as depreciation and amortization expenses, debt issuance costs amortization, provision for bad debt, deferred income taxes, equity-based compensation charges and the foreign currency gain on purchase of additional equity interest in Nexeo Plaschem, collectively totaling $60.2 million, provided $48.0 million of cash inflow from continuing operations during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2014. Additionally, cash flows from continuing operations were positively impacted by an increase in accounts payable and other accrued expenses of $44.7 million during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2014. However, the Predecessor experienced a negative impact on cash flows from continuing operations during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2014 resulting from a net increase in accounts and notes receivable of $31.2 million and a net increase in inventories of $9.9 million. The increase in accounts and notes receivable was driven primarily by timing of collections at period end. Additionally, the increase in accounts and notes receivable reflects the impact of activity related to CSD's and Archway's operations. There were no significant changes in billing terms or collection processes during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2014. The increase in inventories during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2014 reflected the impact of inventory purchases related to CSD's and Archway's operations.

Cash flows from investing activities

Investing activities provided $133.0 million of cash during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016, primarily due to withdrawing $501.1 million from the trust account offset by the cash paid to effect the Business Combination of $360.6 million, net of cash acquired, and the addition of property and equipment of $12.7 million, primarily related to facility improvements and information technology investments. These expenditures were partially offset by net proceeds from the sale of assets of $4.7 million and the reimbursement of $0.5 million received for certain equipment under an eminent domain proceeding related to one of our facilities.

Investing activities used $11.8 million of cash for the period from October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016 for the Predecessor, primarily due to capital expenditures of $14.2 million throughout the period, related primarily to facility improvements, additional information technology investments and vehicle additions. These expenditures were partially offset by net proceeds from the sale of assets of $2.4 million.

Investing activities used $31.5 million of cash during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015 for the Predecessor, primarily due to capital expenditures of $35.6 million throughout the fiscal year, primarily related to facility improvements, information technology investments and vehicle additions and replacements. These expenditures were partially offset by net proceeds from the sale of assets of $4.1 million.

Investing activities used $270.0 million of cash during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2014 for the Predecessor, primarily due to the closing of the Archway Acquisition for $128.7 million in April 2014, the closing of the CSD Acquisition for $96.4 million in December 2013 and capital expenditures of $49.9 million throughout the fiscal year, primarily related to additions to the Predecessor's private delivery fleet, facility improvements, and information technology investments.

Table of Contents

Cash flows from financing activities

Financing activities used $88.9 million of cash during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016, primarily as a result of repaying Predecessor long-term debt of $767.3 million, repayment of long-term debt of $205.4 million and the payment of debt issuance costs of $25.3 million. These were offset by the issuance of long-term debt of $972.5 million and proceeds of short-term debt of $13.3 million. The Company also issued common stock as consideration for the Business Combination of $234.9 million and redeemed stock of $298.5 million.

Financing activities used $121.5 million of cash for the period from October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016 for the Predecessor, primarily as a result of repaying long-term debt and capital leases of $417.3 million and the repayment of short-term debt of $17.1 million. These were offset by the issuance of long-term debt of $292.1 million and proceeds of short-term debt of $20.9 million.

Financing activities used $81.8 million of cash for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015 for the Predecessor, primarily as a result of net payments on the Predecessor ABL Facility and the Notes of $13.8 million and $14.8 million, respectively, net payments of $12.1 million on short-term lines of credit available to Nexeo Plaschem and payments under the Predecessor Term Loan Facility of $6.7 million. In addition, financing activities included the purchase of the remaining equity interest in Nexeo Plaschem for $34.3 million.

Financing activities provided $166.5 million of cash for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2014 for the Predecessor, primarily as a result of the Predecessor Term Loan proceeds of $169.2 million and net borrowings under the Predecessor ABL Facility of $102.1 million. Proceeds from borrowings were partially offset by the purchases of additional equity interests in Nexeo Plaschem for $92.2 million, quarterly installments on the Predecessor Term Loan Facility of $6.3 million and net payments of $4.0 million on short-term lines of credit available to Nexeo Plaschem.

Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

At September 30, 2016, amounts due under our contractual commitments were as follows:



	Payments Due by Period (in millions)
Contractual Obligations	Less than 1 Year		1-3 Years		4-5 Years		More than 5 Years		Total
Short-term and long-term debt obligations ⁽¹⁾	$	45.0	$	13.0	$	130.8	$	620.7	$	809.5
Estimated interest payments on long-term debt obligations ⁽²⁾	38.7		76.3		74.3		58.3		247.6
Capital lease obligations ⁽³⁾	8.0		13.3		13.2		28.4		62.9
Operating lease obligations ⁽⁴⁾	15.4		23.2		10.5		6.8		55.9
Purchase obligations⁽⁵⁾	5.5		0.4		—		—		5.9
Employee benefit obligations	—		—		—		2.5		2.5
Contingent consideration ⁽⁶⁾	5.6		41.1		69.2		125.8		241.7
Total	$	118.2	$	167.3	$	298.0	$	842.5	$	1,426.0

⁽¹⁾

Short-term obligations primarily include the payment of $38.4 million outstanding under credit facilities available to Nexeo Plaschem and $6.6 million in principal installment payments under the Term Loan Facility and Long-term debt obligations include the payment of $117.7 million in outstanding principal (at September 30, 2016) under the ABL Facility and the payment of $646.8 million in remaining outstanding principal under the Term Loan Facility. See Note 7 to our consolidated financial statements.


⁽²⁾	Estimated interest payments include cash interest payments and estimated commitment fees on long-term debt obligations. Variable rate interest payments were estimated using interest rates at September 30, 2016 held constant to maturity.

⁽³⁾

Capital lease obligations represent future payments on capital lease agreements, including lease payments on all tractors under the Ryder Lease. The amounts above include executory costs of $2.1 million per year, for aggregate executory costs totaling $12.6 million. Additionally, the amounts include decreasing annual interest payments ranging from $1.2 million to $0.1 million, for aggregate interest payments totaling $4.9 million. We are permitted to terminate the lease of an individual tractor on the anniversary of its delivery date, provided that certain conditions are met. In the event we terminate the lease of an individual tractor in accordance with the terms of the Ryder Lease, we may elect to purchase the individual tractor at a predetermined residual value or return the tractor to Ryder, subject to an adjustment based on the then-current market value of the individual tractor. Amounts also include payments under the new facility lease in Montgomery, Illinois, which began in the first quarter of fiscal 2017. See Notes 5 and 7 to our consolidated financial statements.


⁽⁴⁾	Operating lease obligations represent payments for a variety of facilities and equipment under non-cancellable operating lease agreements, including office buildings, transportation equipment, warehouses and storage facilities and other equipment.

⁽⁵⁾

Purchase obligations are related to (i) certain IT-related contracts, (ii) non-cancellable equipment orders and (iii) estimated obligation costs to relocate employees or new hires in various U.S. locations, primarily in The Woodlands, Texas. The relocations are assumed to be completed within one year, although it is not practicable to establish definite completion dates for each employee’s relocation.

⁽⁶⁾

Liabilities for contingent consideration are related (i) to the TRA that we entered into with the Selling Equityholders and (ii) the Deferred Cash Consideration that will be paid to Selling Equityholders pursuant to the Merger Agreement. The amount included in the table above for the Deferred Cash Consideration is based on the undiscounted expected value of the payment and is currently included in the 4-5 Years column based on the final payment date of June 9, 2021 as defined in the Merger Agreement. However, as further defined in the Merger Agreement, payments could be required to be made by the Company prior to June 9, 2021. The timing of payments associated with the liability for the contingent consideration related to the TRA is based on expected undiscounted cash flows in future periods, and may change based on actual results. See Notes 3 and 9 to our consolidated financial statements.

Table of Contents

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

At September 30, 2016, we had no off balance sheet arrangements as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of Regulation S-K.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements reflect a number of significant estimates that impact the carrying values of assets and liabilities and reported amounts of revenue and expenses. We make these estimates based on historical experience and on other judgments and assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. The results of these estimates, judgments and assumptions form the basis for our determinations as to the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

We consider an accounting policy to be critical when it requires the most difficult, subjective and/or complex judgments by management regarding estimates about matters that are highly uncertain. We believe that the following critical accounting policies reflect our most significant estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

Revenues are recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, products are shipped and title is transferred or services are provided to customers, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. Revenue for product sales is recognized at the time title and risk of loss transfer to the customer, based on the terms of the sale. For products delivered under our standard shipping terms, title and risk of loss transfer when the product is delivered to the customer’s delivery site. For sales transactions designated Freight on Board shipping point, the customer assumes risk of loss and title transfers at the time of shipment. Deferred revenues may result from (i) delivery delays for products delivered under our standard shipping terms or (ii) from bill and hold or other arrangements with our customers. Sales are reported net of tax assessed by qualifying governmental authorities.

We are generally the primary obligor in sales transactions with our customers, retain inventory risk during transit and assume credit risk for amounts billed to our customers. Accordingly, we recognize revenue primarily based on the gross amount billed to our customers. In sales transactions where we are not the primary obligor and do not retain inventory risk, we recognize revenue on a net basis by recognizing only the commission we retain from such sales and including that commission in sales and operating revenues in our consolidated statements of operations.

Consistent with industry standards, we may offer volume-based rebates to large customers if the customer purchases a specified volume with us over a specified time period. The determination of these rebates at an interim date involves management judgment. As a result, our revenues may be affected if a customer earns a rebate toward the end of a year that we had not expected or if its estimate of customer purchases are less than expected. We have the experience and access to relevant information that we believe is necessary to reasonably estimate the amounts of such deductions from gross revenues. We regularly review the information related to these estimates and adjusts our reserves accordingly if and when actual experience differs from previous estimates. We recognize the rebate obligation as a reduction of revenue based on the estimate of the total volume of purchases from a given customer over the specified period of time.

Impairment of Long-lived Assets

Goodwill. Goodwill is tested for impairment annually as of March 31st and whenever events or circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that an impairment may have occurred. Goodwill is reviewed for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is defined as operating segments or groupings of businesses one level below the operating segment level. Our operating segments are the same as the reporting units used in our goodwill impairment test. Relevant accounting guidance allows the consideration of qualitative factors to determine if it is more likely than not that an impairment of goodwill has occurred. In the absence of sufficient qualitative factors, goodwill impairment is determined utilizing a two-step process. Under step one, if the fair value of a reporting unit (determined using a market approach if market prices are available, or alternatively, a discounted cash flow model) exceeds its carrying value, goodwill of the reporting unit is not considered impaired. The determination of the fair value of a reporting unit requires the use of key estimates about its future operating results, valuation multiples, discount rates and terminal growth rates. These key assumptions can change due to many factors and these changes can materially affect the fair value estimate and cause us to re-evaluate the carrying value of our goodwill. Once an impairment of goodwill has been recorded, it cannot be reversed.

Table of Contents

Other Long-Lived Assets. Property, plant and equipment and other intangibles with definite lives are tested for impairment whenever events and circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. When an impairment test is performed and the undiscounted expected future cash flow is less than the carrying value, an impairment loss is recognized equal to an amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the asset. The factors considered by management in performing this assessment include current operating results, trends and prospects, as well as the effect of obsolescence, demand, competition and other economic factors.

Contingencies and Environmental Costs

Liabilities for loss contingencies arising from claims, assessments, litigation, fines and penalties and other sources are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of such liability can be reasonably estimated. Gain contingencies are not recorded until management determines it is certain that the future event will become or does become a reality.

Liabilities for environmental remediation costs are recognized when environmental assessments or remediation are probable and the associated costs can be reasonably estimated. Generally, the timing of these provisions coincides with the commitment to a formal plan of action or, if earlier, the divestment or closure of the relevant site. Environmental reserves are subject to numerous uncertainties that affect our ability to accurately estimate costs, or our share of costs if multiple parties are responsible. These uncertainties involve the legal, regulatory and enforcement parameters governing environmental assessment and remediation, the nature and extent of contamination at the site, the extent of required remediation efforts, the choice of remediation methodology, availability of insurance coverage and, in the case of a site with multiple responsible parties, the number and financial strength of other potentially responsible parties.

See Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements.

Table of Contents

Business Combinations

In accounting for business combinations, the purchase price paid to acquire a business is allocated to its assets and liabilities based on the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the date of acquisition. These fair values are often estimated through the application of the income approach which requires us to estimate future cash inflows and outflows and apply an appropriate discount rate. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. A significant amount of judgment is involved in estimating the individual fair values of property, plant and equipment and identifiable intangible assets. The estimated fair values assigned to the net assets acquired could have a significant effect on our results of operations in the future. The estimates used in determining fair values are based on assumptions believed to be reasonable but which are inherently uncertain. Accordingly, while we use all available information to make these fair value determinations and generally engage third party consultants for assistance, actual results may differ from the projected results used to determine fair value. During fiscal year 2016, we completed the Business Combination. See Note 3 to our consolidated financial statements.

Supplier Rebates

Certain of our vendor arrangements provide for purchase incentives based on us achieving a specified volume of purchases. We record the volume-based purchase incentives as a reduction of inventory costs (and related cost of sales) based on our purchases to date and our estimates of purchases for the remainder of the calendar year. We receive these incentives in the form of rebates that are payable only when our purchases equal or exceed the relevant calendar year target. The determination of these rebates at an interim date involves management judgment. As a result, our cost of sales may be affected if we earn an incentive toward the end of a year that we had not expected to earn in earlier periods or if we fail to earn an incentive that we had expected to earn and had recorded the incentive based on our prior estimates.

Deferred Taxes

We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected tax consequences of temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts using enacted tax rates in effect for the year differences are expected to reverse.

The recoverability of deferred tax assets and the recognition and measurement of uncertain tax positions are subject to various assumptions and judgment by us. If actual results differ from the estimates made by us in establishing or maintaining valuation allowances against deferred tax assets, the resulting change in the valuation allowance would generally impact earnings or other comprehensive income depending on the nature of the respective deferred tax asset. Additionally, the positions taken with regard to tax contingencies may be subject to audit and review by tax authorities, which may result in future taxes, interest and penalties.

In determining the recoverability of deferred tax assets, we give consideration to all available evidence on a jurisdiction by jurisdiction basis, and then increase or decrease our valuation allowance as appropriate.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements.

Table of Contents

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Commodity and Product Price Risk

Our business model is to buy and sell products at current market prices in quantities approximately equal to estimated customer demand. Energy costs are a significant component of raw materials that are included in our product costs. Rising or volatile raw material prices for our suppliers, especially those of hydrocarbon derivatives, may cause our costs to increase or may result in volatility in our profitability. Although we do not speculate on changes in the prices of the products we sell, because we maintain inventories in order to serve the needs of our customers, we are subject to the risk of reductions in market prices for products we hold in inventory. We do not use derivatives to manage our commodity price risk because of the large number of products we sell and the large variety of raw materials used in the production of those products. Inventory management practices are focused on managing product price risk by generally purchasing our inventories via our ERP system which helps us forecast customer demand based on historical practices. Global inventory balances can fluctuate based on variations in regional customer demand forecasts. We collaborate directly with customers in all regions to enhance the ongoing accuracy of these forecasts in order to reduce the number of days sales held in inventories, as well as lower the amount of any slow moving and older inventories. In addition, we are generally able to pass on price increases to our customers, subject to market conditions, such as declining or otherwise volatile market prices for feedstocks, the presence of competitors in particular geographic and product markets and prevailing pricing mechanisms in customer contracts. We believe that these risk management practices reduce our exposure to changes in product selling prices or costs; however, significant unanticipated changes in market conditions or commodity prices could adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows, as the prices of the products we purchase and sell are volatile.

Credit Risk

We are subject to the risk of loss arising from the credit risk related to the possible inability of our customers to pay for the products we resell and distribute to them. We typically have limited risk from a concentration of credit risk as no individual customer represents greater than 5.0% of our accounts receivable balance. We attempt to limit our credit risk by monitoring the creditworthiness of our customers to whom we extend credit and establish credit limits in accordance with our credit policy. We perform credit evaluations on substantially all customers requesting credit. With the exception of Nexeo Plaschem’s operations, we generally do not require collateral with respect to credit extended to customers, however, we will not extend credit to customers for whom we have substantial concerns and will deal with those customers on a cash basis. Nexeo Plaschem offers billing terms that allow certain customers to remit payment during a period of time ranging from 30 days to nine months. These notes receivable ($6.4 million at September 30, 2016) are supported by banknotes issued by large banks in China on behalf of these customers.

Interest Rate Risk

Interest rate risks can occur due to changes in market interest rates. This risk results from changes in the fair values of fixed-interest rate financial instruments or from changes in the cash flows of variable-interest rate financial instruments. The optimal structure of variable and fixed interest rates is determined as part of interest rate risk management. It is not possible to simultaneously minimize both kinds of interest rate risk.

The Predecessor historically took steps to manage its exposure to interest rate risk in part by entering into interest rate swap agreements. In connection with the Business Combination, all interest rate swap agreements existing at the time were terminated and an early termination penalty of $0.3 million was paid. We will monitor our interest rate risk exposure and may enter into new interest rate derivatives from time to time to hedge the exposure. See Note 8 to our consolidated financial statements.

Borrowings under the U.S. Tranche and the Canadian Tranche of the ABL Facility bear interest, at our option, at either an alternate base rate or Canadian prime rate, as applicable, plus an applicable margin (ranging from 0.25% to 0.75% pursuant to a grid based on average excess availability) or LIBOR or Canadian BA rate (as defined in the ABL Facility), as applicable, plus an applicable margin (ranging from 1.25% to 1.75% pursuant to a grid based on average excess availability). Loans under the FILO Tranche within the ABL Facility will bear interest, at an alternate base rate plus an applicable margin (ranging from 1.00% to 1.50% pursuant to a grid based on average excess availability) or LIBOR plus an applicable margin (ranging from 2.00% to 2.50% pursuant to a grid based on average excess availability).

Table of Contents

Borrowings under the Term Loan Facility will bear interest at our option at either (a) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for U.S. dollar deposits for the interest period relevant to such borrowing adjusted for certain additional costs, which shall be no less than 1.0%, plus an applicable margin of 4.25% or (b) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (1) the prime commercial lending rate published by Bank of America, N.A. as its "prime rate," (2) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.50% and (3) a one-month LIBOR rate plus 1.0%, plus an applicable margin of 3.25%.

Changes in market interest rates will have no effect on the Term Loan Facility interest expense until such time as the interest rate index, which is LIBOR, increases above the floor value of 1.0%. Were that to occur, an additional 100 basis point increase in the interest rate would result in an increase of $6.5 million in annual interest expense based on the Term Loan Facility balance.

Fair Value Measurements

As a result of the Business Combination, we incurred liabilities related to contingent consideration payable to the Selling Equityholders, which are required to be adjusted to fair value at each reporting period. These measurements are considered Level 3 measurements within the fair value hierarchy. Projected taxable income, current interest rates, current tax rates and the market price of our common stock are key inputs used to estimate the fair value of these liabilities. As a result, any changes in these inputs will impact the fair value of these liabilities and could materially impact the amount of income or expense recorded each reporting period.

The fair value of the liability for the contingent consideration related to the TRA was $83.4 million as of September 30, 2016. The calculation of the liability for the contingent consideration related to the TRA uses a cash flow model which incorporates current interest rates in the discount rate used to discount the obligation to present value. A 100 basis point increase in the discount rate compared to the discount rate used at the September 30, 2016 valuation would have resulted in a decrease of approximately $0.9 million in the value of the liability for the contingent consideration related to the TRA. Additionally, this cash flow model is sensitive to changes in prevailing tax rates. A 100 basis point increase in the tax rate compared to the tax rate used at the September 30, 2016 valuation would have resulted in an increase of approximately $2.4 million in the value of the liability for the contingent consideration related to the TRA.

The fair value of the liability for the contingent consideration related to Deferred Cash Consideration was $35.0 million as of September 30, 2016. The liability for the contingent consideration related to the Deferred Cash Consideration is highly sensitive to the price of our common stock at each valuation date. A $1.00 increase/decrease in the price of our common stock from its September 30, 2016 price would have increased/decreased the fair value of the liability for the Deferred Cash Consideration by approximately $4.2 million.

Foreign Currency Risk

We may be adversely affected by foreign exchange rate fluctuations since we conduct our business on an international basis in multiple currencies. A portion of our sales and costs of sales are denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of our subsidiaries, exposing us to currency transaction risk. Additionally, because we report our consolidated results in U.S. dollars, the results of operations and the financial position of our local international operations, which are generally reported in the relevant local currencies, are translated into U.S. dollars at the applicable exchange rates for inclusion in our consolidated financial statements, exposing us to currency translation risk. We currently do not utilize financial derivatives to manage our foreign currency risk, but we continue to monitor our exposure to foreign currency risk, employ operational strategies where practical and may consider utilizing financial derivatives in the future to mitigate losses associated with these risks.

Included in our consolidated statement of operations for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016 is a $1.1 million net loss related to foreign exchange rate fluctuations, arising from our activities since the consummation of the Business Combination. The most significant currency exposures during this period were to the RMB, the CAD and the Mexican peso versus the U.S. dollar, and the British pound versus the euro. These currencies fluctuated to various degrees but such fluctuations did not exceed approximately 3% from their respective values since the consummation of the Business Combination, with the exception of the British pound versus the euro, which fluctuated approximately 10%. Assuming the same directional fluctuations as occurred during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016, a hypothetical 10.0% weakening/strengthening in the average exchange rates of these currencies from that date would have generated a net loss/gain of $10.9 million in our consolidated statement of operations for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016. The Predecessor incurred a net foreign exchange loss of $1.6 million for the period from October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016.

Table of Contents

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Nexeo Solutions, Inc.:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), equity and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Nexeo Solutions, Inc. and its subsidiaries (Successor) as of September 30, 2016, and the results of their operations and their cash flows in the year ended September 30, 2016 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule, Schedule II-Valuation and Qualifying Accounts, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these financial statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Houston, Texas

December 8, 2016

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Nexeo Solutions, Inc.:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), equity and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Nexeo Solutions Holdings, LLC and its subsidiaries (Predecessor) as of September 30, 2015, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016 and for each of the two years in the period ended September 30, 2015 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule, Schedule II-Valuation and Qualifying Accounts, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these financial statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Houston, Texas

December 8, 2016

Table of Contents

Nexeo Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in millions, except share amounts and par value)



	Successor			Predecessor
	September 30, 2016			September 30, 2015
Current Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	47.5		$	127.7
Accounts and notes receivable (net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $1.4 million and $3.8 million, respectively)	474.8			508.7
Inventories	315.8			325.1
Deferred income taxes	—			1.0
Other current assets	25.7			21.0
Total current assets	863.8			983.5

Non-Current Assets
Property, plant and equipment, net	322.6			231.2
Goodwill	665.7			373.7
Other intangible assets, net of amortization	215.0			111.4
Deferred income taxes	1.1			0.3
Other non-current assets	10.7			8.8
Total non-current assets	1,215.1			725.4
Total Assets	$	2,078.9		$	1,708.9

Current Liabilities
Short-term borrowings, current portion of long-term debt and capital lease obligations	$	47.7		$	72.4
Accounts payable	325.8			326.6
Accrued expenses and other liabilities	45.7			63.8
Deferred income taxes	—			0.1
Income taxes payable	2.0			2.5
Total current liabilities	421.2			465.4

Non-Current Liabilities
Long-term debt and capital lease obligations, less current portion, net	765.6			854.4
Deferred income taxes	23.1			91.5
Due to related party pursuant to contingent consideration obligations	118.4			—
Other non-current liabilities	5.8			12.6
Total non-current liabilities	912.9			958.5
Total Liabilities	1,334.1			1,423.9

Commitments and Contingencies (see Note 13)

Equity
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value (1,000,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2016)	—			—
Common stock, $0.0001 par value (300,000,000 shares authorized, 89,286,936 shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2016)	—			—
Additional paid-in capital	758.9			—
Series A membership interest	—			490.4
Series B membership interest	—			5.1
Accumulated deficit	(9.6		)	(162.9		)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(4.5		)	(47.6		)
Total equity	744.8			285.0
Total Liabilities and Equity	$	2,078.9		$	1,708.9

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

Table of Contents

Nexeo Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in millions, except share and per share data)



	Successor			Predecessor
	Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2016			October 1, 2015 Through June 8, 2016			Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2015			Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2014
Sales and operating revenues	$	1,065.7		$	2,340.1		$	3,949.1		$	4,514.5
Cost of sales and operating expenses	957.3			2,068.2			3,541.1			4,112.8
Gross profit	108.4			271.9			408.0			401.7
Selling, general and administrative expenses	91.7			208.9			329.5			335.8
Transaction related costs	21.3			33.4			0.1			12.6
Change in fair value of contingent consideration obligations	(11.2		)	—			—			—
Operating income	6.6			29.6			78.4			53.3
Other income	0.5			2.9			11.4			5.4
Interest income (expense)
Interest income	0.8			0.1			0.1			0.4
Interest expense	(15.1		)	(42.3		)	(64.8		)	(64.0		)
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes	(7.2		)	(9.7		)	25.1			(4.9		)
Income tax expense	1.2			4.2			3.9			7.3
Net income (loss) from continuing operations	(8.4		)	(13.9		)	21.2			(12.2		)
Net income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax	—			0.1			(0.8		)	18.4
Net income (loss)	(8.4		)	(13.8		)	20.4			6.2
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest	—			—			—			(1.3		)
Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Nexeo Solutions, Inc.	$	(8.4	)	$	(13.8	)	$	20.4		$	4.9

Net loss per share available to common stockholders
Basic and diluted	$	(0.24	)
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding
Basic and diluted	35,193,789

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

Table of Contents

Nexeo Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

(in millions)



	Successor			Predecessor
	Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2016			October 1, 2015 Through June 8, 2016			Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2015			Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2014
Net income (loss)	$	(8.4	)	$	(13.8	)	$	20.4		$	6.2
Unrealized foreign currency translation loss, net of tax	(4.5		)	(4.0		)	(27.2		)	(11.1		)
Unrealized gain on interest rate hedges, net of tax	—			0.3			0.2			0.4
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax	(4.5		)	(3.7		)	(27.0		)	(10.7		)
Total comprehensive loss, net of tax	(12.9		)	(17.5		)	(6.6		)	(4.5		)
Comprehensive (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interest, net of tax	—			—			0.1			(1.0		)
Total comprehensive loss, net of tax attributable to Nexeo Solutions, Inc.⁽¹⁾	$	(12.9	)	$	(17.5	)	$	(6.5	)	$	(5.5	)

⁽¹⁾ The tax effects for each component presented are not material.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

Table of Contents

Nexeo Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Equity

(in millions, except share amounts)



	Common Stock				Additional Paid-in Capital			Accumulated Deficit			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss			Total
	Shares		Amount		Additional Paid-in Capital			Accumulated Deficit			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss			Total
Balance at September 30, 2015	14,853,927		$	—	$	6.2		$	(1.2	)	$	—		$	5.0
Reclassification of shares previously subject to redemption	47,677,323		—		476.8			—			—			476.8
Redeemed shares	(29,793,320	)	—		(298.5		)	—			—			(298.5		)
Warrant conversion	2,240,000		—		—			—						—
Private placement shares issued May 23, 2016	23,492,306		—		234.9			—			—			234.9
Shares issued to Selling Equityholders	27,673,604		—		276.7			—			—			276.7
Fair value equity contribution from Sponsor in the form of Founder Shares transferred to Selling Equityholders	—		—		30.2			—			—			30.2
Shares issued for advisory services and deferred underwriting fees	3,078,578		—		30.8			—			—			30.8
Fair value equity contribution from Sponsor in the form of Founder Shares transferred to directors for services rendered	—		—		0.3			—			—			0.3
Restricted stock awards	64,518		—		0.1			—			—			0.1
Equity-based compensation	—		—		1.4			—			—			1.4
Comprehensive loss:
Net loss	—		—					(8.4		)	—			(8.4		)
Other comprehensive loss	—		—		—			—			(4.5		)	(4.5		)
Balance September 30, 2016, Successor	89,286,936		$	—	$	758.9		$	(9.6	)	$	(4.5	)	$	744.8

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

Table of Contents

Nexeo Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Equity

(in millions)



	Series A Membership Interest			Series B Membership Interest			Accumulated Deficit			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)			Total
Balance at September 30, 2013, Predecessor	$	490.8		$	3.0		$	(122.5	)	$	(10.3	)	$	361.0
Member tax distributions	(0.1		)	—			—			—			(0.1		)
Repurchases of membership units	(0.2		)	(0.1		)	—			—			(0.3		)
Adjustment to contingently redeemable noncontrolling interest	—			—			(34.6		)	—			(34.6		)
Equity based compensation	—			1.0			—			—			1.0
Comprehensive income:
Net income	—			—			6.2			—			6.2
Other comprehensive loss	—			—			—			(10.7		)	(10.7		)
Comprehensive (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interest	—			—			(1.3		)	0.3			(1.0		)
Balance at September 30, 2014, Predecessor	490.5			3.9			(152.2		)	(20.7		)	321.5
Member tax distributions	(0.1		)	—			—			—			(0.1		)
Adjustment to contingently redeemable noncontrolling interest	—			—			(31.1		)	—			(31.1		)
Equity-based compensation	—			1.2			—			—			1.2
Comprehensive loss:
Net income	—			—			20.4			—			20.4
Other comprehensive loss	—			—			—			(27.0		)	(27.0		)
Comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interest	—			—			—			0.1			0.1
Balance at September 30, 2015, Predecessor	490.4			5.1			(162.9		)	(47.6		)	285.0
Repurchases of membership units	—			(0.1		)	—			—			(0.1		)
Equity-based compensation	—			2.7			—			—			2.7
Comprehensive loss:
Net loss	—			—			(13.8		)	—			(13.8		)
Other comprehensive loss	—			—			—			(3.7		)	(3.7		)
Balance at June 8, 2016, Predecessor	$	490.4		$	7.7		$	(176.7	)	$	(51.3	)	$	270.1

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

Table of Contents

Nexeo Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in millions)



	Successor			Predecessor
	Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2016			October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016			Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2015			Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2014
Cash flows from operations
Net income (loss) from continuing operations	$	(8.4	)	$	(13.9	)	$	21.2		$	(12.2	)
Adjustments to reconcile to cash flows from operations:
Depreciation and amortization	20.6			37.7			52.6			53.4
Debt issuance costs amortization, debt issuance costs write-offs and original issue discount amortization	0.7			6.1			8.7			8.2
Non-cash transaction costs	12.8			—			—			—
Provision for bad debt	0.3			1.2			0.6			4.2
Inventory impairment	—			—			1.6			—
Deferred income taxes	(1.1		)	1.1			2.8			(1.7		)
Equity-based compensation charges	1.5			2.7			1.2			1.0
Change in fair value of contingent consideration obligations	(11.2		)	—			—			—
(Gain) loss from sales of property and equipment	0.2			(2.0		)	(2.5		)	(0.4		)
Reimbursement for certain capital expenditures incurred in connection with eminent domain proceeding	(0.8		)	—			—			—
Gain from proceeds of insurance claim	—			—			—			(4.0		)
Gain from debt extinguishment, net	—			(0.6		)	(0.6		)	—
Foreign currency gain on purchase of additional equity interest in Nexeo Plaschem	—			—			—			(0.5		)
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Accounts and notes receivable	(5.0		)	34.4			109.7			(31.2		)
Inventories	12.5			8.4			50.5			(9.9		)
Other current assets	0.1			(4.1		)	8.2			1.3
Accounts payable	(14.5		)	13.4			(104.8		)	32.6
Related party payable	(0.1		)	(0.3		)	(1.6		)	(1.4		)
Accrued expenses and other liabilities	(4.9		)	(9.7		)	5.9			12.1
Changes in other operating assets and liabilities, net	0.5			(4.9		)	1.2			(0.7		)
Net cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations	3.2			69.5			154.7			50.8
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities from discontinued operations	—			0.1			(0.6		)	6.7
Net cash provided by operating activities	3.2			69.6			154.1			57.5
Cash flows from investing activities
Additions to property and equipment	(12.7		)	(14.2		)	(35.6		)	(49.9		)
Proceeds from the disposal of property and equipment	4.7			2.4			4.1			1.0
Proceeds from reimbursement for certain capital expenditures incurred in connection with eminent domain proceeding	0.5			—			—			—
Insurance proceeds related to property and equipment	—			—			—			4.0
Predecessor acquisitions	—			—			—			(225.1		)
Proceeds withdrawn from trust account	501.1			—			—			—
Cash consideration paid for Business Combination, net of cash acquired	(360.6		)	—			—			—
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities from continuing operations	133.0			(11.8		)	(31.5		)	(270.0		)
Net cash provided by investing activities from discontinued operations	—			—			—			60.1
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities	133.0			(11.8		)	(31.5		)	(209.9		)
Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from issuance of common stock	234.9			—			—			—
Redemption of common stock	(298.5		)	—			—			—
Proceeds from Sponsor convertible note and Sponsor promissory note	0.7			—			—			—
Repayment of Sponsor convertible note and Sponsor promissory note	(1.0		)	—			—			—
Repurchases of membership units	—			(0.1		)	—			(0.3		)
Tax distributions associated with membership interests	—			—			(0.1		)	(0.1		)

Table of Contents



Purchase of additional noncontrolling equity interest in Nexeo Plaschem	—			—			(34.3		)	(92.2		)
Proceeds from short-term debt	13.3			20.9			39.6			98.1
Repayments of short-term debt	(12.8		)	(17.1		)	(51.7		)	(102.1		)
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt	972.5			292.1			495.8			1,317.3
Repayments of long-term debt and capital lease obligations	(205.4		)	(417.3		)	(531.1		)	(1,052.4		)
Repayment of Predecessor long-term debt	(767.3		)	—			—			—
Payments of debt issuance costs	(25.3		)	—			—			(1.8		)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	(88.9		)	(121.5		)	(81.8		)	166.5
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents	—			0.3			(1.3		)	(0.5		)
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	47.3			(63.4		)	39.5			13.6
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period	0.2			127.7			88.2			74.6
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period	$	47.5		$	64.3		$	127.7		$	88.2
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Cash paid during the period for interest	$	16.9		$	32.9		$	56.3		$	54.0
Cash paid during the period for taxes	$	2.9		$	3.4		$	4.4		$	7.8
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash operating activities:
Non-cash payment of deferred underwriting fees	$	18.3		$	—		$	—		$	—
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing activities:
Non-cash capital expenditures	$	3.2		$	16.5		$	15.3		$	3.6
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash financing activities:
Non-cash capital lease obligations	$	0.2		$	14.3		$	12.7		$	0.2

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

Table of Contents

Nexeo Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(currencies in millions)

1. Basis of Presentation and Nature of Operations

Basis of Presentation

Nexeo Solutions, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, the "Company") is the result of the business combination between WLRH and Holdings. WLRH was incorporated in Delaware on March 24, 2014 and was a special purpose acquisition company formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses. WLRH completed its IPO in June 2014, raising approximately $500.0 million in cash proceeds. WLRH neither engaged in any operations nor generated any revenue prior to the Business Combination.

On the Closing Date, WLRH and Holdings and certain other parties consummated the Business Combination, pursuant to the Merger Agreement. In connection with the closing of the Business Combination, WLRH changed its name from "WL Ross Holding Corp." to "Nexeo Solutions, Inc." and changed the ticker symbol for its common stock on NASDAQ from "WLRH" to "NXEO."

WLRH was identified as the acquirer for accounting purposes and Holdings was identified as the acquiree and accounting predecessor. The Company’s financial statement presentation distinguishes a "Predecessor" for the periods prior to the Closing Date. WLRH, which includes Holdings for periods subsequent to the Business Combination, was subsequently renamed "Nexeo Solutions, Inc." and is the "Successor" for periods after the Closing Date. The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination using the acquisition method of accounting and the Successor financial statements reflect a new basis of accounting for the assets and liabilities of Holdings that is based on the fair value of net assets acquired and liabilities assumed. See Note 3 for further discussion of the Business Combination. As a result of the application of the acquisition method of accounting as of the Closing Date, the consolidated financial statements for the Predecessor period and for the Successor period are presented on a different basis and are, therefore, not comparable.

On the Closing Date, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a change in WLRH’s fiscal year end from December 31st to September 30th. The Successor period in the consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2016 and for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016 includes 114 days (June 9, 2016 through September 30, 2016) of the combined operating results, as well as the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016 of WLRH’s operating results, which reflect its financial activity including transaction costs and equity structure changes in preparation of the consummation of the Business Combination. Operating results during the fiscal years ended September 30, 2015 and 2014 for WLRH were not significant or meaningful and therefore are not presented in the consolidated statements of operations. Operating results for the Predecessor for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2015 and 2014 are presented as they are reflective of the ongoing operations of the acquired business.

The Predecessor periods in the consolidated financial statements represent the operating results of Holdings and its subsidiaries prior to the Business Combination.

Nature of Operations

The Company is a global distributor of chemicals products in North America and Asia and plastics products in North America, EMEA and Asia. In connection with the distribution of chemicals products, the Company provides value-added services such as custom blending, packaging and re-packaging, private-label manufacturing and product testing in the form of chemical analysis, product performance analysis and product development. The Company also provides environmental services, including waste collection, recovery and arrangement for disposal services and recycling in North America, primarily in the U.S., through its Environmental Services line of business. The Predecessor was a distributor of composites products in North America until July 1, 2014, when these operations were sold and as a result, activity associated with these operations is reflected as discontinued operations for all periods presented.

Table of Contents

The Company connects a network of approximately 1,300 suppliers with a diverse base of approximately 26,700 customers. The Company offers its customers products used in a broad cross-section of end markets including household, industrial and institutional, lubricants, performance coatings (including architectural coatings, adhesives, sealants and elastomers), automotive, healthcare, personal care, oil and gas and construction. The Company distributes approximately 22,000 products into over 80 countries through a supply chain consisting of approximately 170 owned, leased or third party warehouses, rail terminals and tank terminals globally. The Company has a private fleet of approximately 1,000 units, including tractors and trailers, primarily located in North America.

The Company currently employs approximately 2,520 employees globally.

2. Significant Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Significant Accounting Policies

The Predecessor’s significant accounting policies are substantially the same as those of the Company presented below.

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include all the accounts of the Company and all wholly-owned subsidiaries in which it maintains control. Significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates, Risks, and Uncertainties

The preparation of consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and the disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. Significant items that are subject to such estimates and assumptions include:

•the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination;

•the assessment of recoverability of long lived assets, including property and equipment, goodwill

and intangible assets, income taxes, reserves and environmental remediation;

•the estimated useful lives of intangible and depreciable assets;

•the grant date fair value of equity-based awards;

•the recognition, measurement and valuation of current and deferred income taxes;

•the recognition and measurement of contingent consideration related to the TRA liability; and

•the recognition and measurement of contingent consideration related to the Deferred Cash Consideration.

Although management bases its estimates on historical experience and various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, actual results could differ significantly from the estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

The Company's financial instruments exposed to concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents. Although the Company deposits cash with multiple banks, these deposits, including those held in foreign branches of global banks, may exceed the amount of insurance provided on such deposits. These deposits may generally be redeemed upon demand and bear minimal risks.

No single customer accounted for more than 10% of revenues for any line of business, or on a consolidated basis, for each of the periods reported. The Company had two suppliers that each accounted for approximately 11.9% and 10.4% of consolidated purchases during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016 for the Successor, and 12.0% and 9.8% for the period from October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016 for the Predecessor. During the fiscal years ended September 30, 2015 and 2014 for the Predecessor, one of these suppliers accounted for 11.9% and 10.8%, respectively, of the Predecessor's consolidated purchases.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

All highly liquid temporary investments with original maturities of three months or less are considered to be cash equivalents.

Table of Contents

Accounts and Notes Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable are recorded net of discounts and allowance for doubtful accounts. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and generally does not require collateral from its customers. The Company’s accounts receivable in the U.S. and Canada are collateral under the Credit Facilities.

The Company records an allowance for doubtful accounts as a best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses for accounts receivable. On a recurring basis, the Company reviews this allowance and considers factors such as customer credit, past transaction history with the customer and changes in customer payment terms when determining whether the collection of a receivable is reasonably assured. Past due balances over 90 days and over a specified amount are reviewed individually for collectability. Receivables are charged off against the allowance for doubtful accounts when it is probable a receivable will not be recovered. The allowance for doubtful accounts was $1.4 million at September 30, 2016 for the Successor and $3.8 million at September 30, 2015 for the Predecessor. Bad debt expense, a component of Selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations, totaled $0.3 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016 for the Successor. Bad debt expense for the Predecessor was $1.2 million for the period from October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016 and $0.6 million and $4.2 million for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Certain customers of Nexeo Plaschem, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, are allowed to remit payment during a period of time ranging from 30 days up to nine months. These notes receivables, which are supported by banknotes issued by large banks in China on behalf of these customers, are included in Accounts and Notes Receivable on the Company's consolidated balance sheets and totaled $6.4 million at September 30, 2016 for the Successor and $4.5 million at September 30, 2015 for the Predecessor.

Inventories

Inventories are carried at the lower of cost or market using the weighted average cost method. The Company’s inventories in the U.S. and Canada are collateral under the Credit Facilities.

Goodwill and Intangibles

The Company had goodwill of $665.7 million for the Successor at September 30, 2016 associated with the Business Combination. The Predecessor had goodwill of $373.7 million at September 30, 2015 resulting from previous acquisitions. The purchase consideration of an acquisition is allocated to the underlying assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. The estimated fair values are determined after review and consideration of relevant information including discounted cash flows, quoted market prices and estimates made by management. To the extent that the purchase consideration exceeds the fair value of the net identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired, such excess is allocated to goodwill.

The Successor had other intangible assets, net of amortization, of $215.0 million at September 30, 2016. These intangible assets, which are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated lives, consisted of customer relationships, below-market leases and a trade name. Customer relationships are amortized over 12 years, below-market leases are amortized over the remaining life of the lease, which ranges from one to seven years, and the trade name is amortized over four years. The Predecessor had other intangible assets, net of amortization, of $111.4 million at September 30, 2015 consisting of leasehold interest intangibles, customer-related intangibles, supplier-related intangibles, non-compete agreements and trademarks and trade names.

Table of Contents

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment includes plants and buildings, machinery and equipment, and software and computer equipment. Property, plant and equipment acquired or constructed in the normal course of business are initially recorded at cost. Property and equipment acquired in business combinations are initially recorded at their estimated fair value. Property, plant and equipment are depreciated by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their economic useful life or their lease term. The range of useful lives used to depreciate property, plant and equipment is as follows:



	Successor	Predecessor
	Estimated Useful Lives (years)	Estimated Useful Lives (years)
Plants and buildings	5-35	5-35
Machinery and equipment	2-30	2-30
Software and computer equipment	3-10	3-10

Repairs and maintenance expenditures that do not extend the useful life of the asset are charged to expense as incurred. Major expenditures for replacements and significant improvements that increase asset values or extend useful lives are capitalized. The carrying amounts of assets that are sold or retired and the related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts in the year of disposal and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in the consolidated statements of operations.

Leases

The Company leases certain property, plant and equipment in the ordinary course of business. The leases are classified as either capital leases or operating leases. Assets under capital leases are included in Property, plant and equipment, net in the consolidated balance sheets and are depreciated over the lesser of the lease term or the useful life of the assets. Capital lease obligations are included in Short-term borrowings, current portion of long-term debt and capital lease obligations and Long-term debt and capital lease obligations, less current portion, net in the consolidated balance sheets. Generally, lease payments under capital leases are recognized as interest expense and a reduction of the capital lease obligations. Lease payments under operating leases are recognized as an expense in the consolidated statements of operations on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Impairment of Long-lived Assets

Goodwill. Goodwill is tested for impairment annually as of March 31st and whenever events or circumstances make it more likely than not that an impairment may have occurred. Goodwill is reviewed for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is defined as operating segments or groupings of businesses one level below the operating segment level. The Company’s operating segments are the same as the reporting units used in its goodwill impairment test. Goodwill is tested for impairment by comparing the estimated fair value of a reporting unit, determined using a market approach, if market prices are available, or alternatively, a discounted cash flow model, with its carrying value. The annual evaluation of goodwill requires the use of estimates about future operating results, valuation multiples and discount rates of each reporting unit to determine their estimated fair value. Changes in these assumptions can materially affect these estimates. Once an impairment of goodwill has been recorded, it cannot be reversed. No goodwill impairment was recognized during any of the periods presented.

Other Long-Lived Assets. Property, plant and equipment and other intangible assets with definite lives are tested for impairment whenever events and circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. When an impairment test is performed and the undiscounted expected future cash flows are less than the carrying value, an impairment loss is recognized equal to an amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the asset. The factors considered by management in performing this assessment include current operating results, trends and prospects, as well as the effect of obsolescence, demand, competition and other economic factors.

Debt Issuance Costs

Costs associated with the Credit Facilities are recorded as debt issuance costs, which are included in Other non-current assets in the consolidated balance sheets and are being amortized as interest expense over the contractual lives of the related agreements. Costs associated with non-revolving debt facilities are recorded as a reduction of the long-term debt, and are amortized as interest expense over the contractual lives of the related agreements. See Notes 4 and 7.

Table of Contents

Commitments, Contingencies and Environmental Costs

Liabilities for loss contingencies arising from claims, assessments, litigation, fines, penalties and other sources are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the assessment and/or remediation can be reasonably estimated. Gain contingencies are not recorded until management determines it is certain that the future event will become or is realized.

Liabilities for environmental remediation costs are recognized when environmental assessments or remediation are probable and the associated costs can be reasonably estimated. Generally, the timing of these provisions coincides with the commitment to a formal plan of action or, if earlier, the divestment or closure of the relevant sites. The amount recognized reflects management’s best estimate of the expenditures expected to be required. Actual environmental expenditures that relate to current or future revenues are expensed or capitalized as appropriate. Actual expenditures that relate to an existing condition caused by past operations and that do not impact future earnings are expensed.

Ashland agreed to retain known environmental remediation liabilities and other environmental remediation liabilities for releases of hazardous materials occurring prior to March 31, 2011, which Ashland received notice prior to March 31, 2016. See Note 13.

Earnings or Loss per Share of Successor

Basic EPS, which excludes dilution, is computed by dividing income or loss available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common shares and the proceeds from such activities, if any, were used to acquire shares of common stock at the average market price during the reporting period. During a net loss period, the assumed exercise of in-the-money stock options and unvested stock has an anti-dilutive effect, and therefore such potential shares are excluded from the diluted EPS computation.

Per share information is based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each period for the basic computation and, if dilutive, the weighted average number of potential common shares resulting from the assumed conversion of outstanding stock options, unvested stock and unvested stock units for the diluted computation.

For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016, there were 12,476,250 Founder Shares that were not included in the computation because market conditions were not yet satisfied and 1,542,500 PSU awards that were not included in the computation of diluted shares outstanding because performance targets and/or market conditions were not yet met for these awards. Diluted shares outstanding also did not include 25,012,500 shares based on the exercise of 50,025,000 outstanding out-of-the-money warrants and 64,518 shares of unvested restricted stock issued to the Company's directors, as their impact on the Company’s net loss is anti-dilutive for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016.

The Predecessor was organized as a limited liability company, therefore EPS for the predecessor periods was not applicable.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

All of the Company’s financial instruments involve elements of credit and market risk. The most significant portion of this credit risk relates to non-performance by counterparties. To manage counterparty risk associated with financial instruments, the Company selects and monitors counterparties based on its assessment of their financial strength and on credit ratings, if available.

Foreign Currency

The reporting currency of the Company is the U.S. dollar. With few exceptions, the local currency is the functional currency for the Company's foreign subsidiaries. In consolidating the results of operations, income and expense accounts are translated into U.S. dollars at average exchange rates in effect during the period and asset and liability accounts are translated at period-end exchange rates. Translation gains or losses are recorded in the foreign currency translation component in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in stockholders’ equity and are included in net earnings only upon sale or liquidation of the underlying foreign subsidiary or affiliated company.

Table of Contents

Transactions undertaken in currencies other than the functional currency of the subsidiary are translated using the exchange rate in effect as of the transaction date and give rise to foreign currency transaction gains and losses. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are recorded as a component of Selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. Net foreign currency transaction losses from various currencies were $1.1 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016 for the Successor. Net foreign currency transaction losses were $1.6 million for the period from October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016, and $2.2 million and $1.2 million for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2015 and 2014 for the Predecessor, respectively.

Revenue Recognition

Revenues are recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, products are shipped and title is transferred or services are provided to customers, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. Revenue for product sales is recognized at the time title and risk of loss transfer to the customer, based on the terms of the sale. For products delivered under the Company’s standard shipping terms, title and risk of loss transfer when the product is delivered to the customer’s delivery site. For sales transactions designated Freight on Board shipping point, the customer assumes risk of loss and title transfers at the time of shipment. Deferred revenues may result from (i) delivery delays for products delivered under the Company’s standard shipping terms or (ii) from other arrangements with its customers. Sales are reported net of tax assessed by qualifying governmental authorities.

The Company is generally the primary obligor in sales transactions with its customers, retains inventory risk during transit and assumes credit risk for amounts billed to its customers. Accordingly, the Company recognizes revenue primarily based on the gross amount billed to its customers. In sales transactions where the Company is not the primary obligor and does not retain inventory risk, the Company recognizes revenue on a net basis by recognizing only the commission the Company retains from such sales and including that commission in sales and operating revenues in the consolidated statements of operations.

Consistent with industry standards, the Company may offer volume-based rebates to large customers if the customer purchases a specified volume with the Company over a specified time period. The determination of these rebates at an interim date involves management judgment. As a result, the Company’s revenues may be affected if a customer earns a rebate toward the end of a year that the Company had not expected or if its estimate of customer purchases are less than expected. The Company has the experience and access to relevant information that the Company believes are necessary to reasonably estimate the amounts of such deductions from gross revenues. The Company regularly reviews the information related to these estimates and adjusts its reserves accordingly if and when actual experience differs from previous estimates. The Company recognizes the rebate obligation as a reduction of revenue based on its estimate of the total volume of purchases from a given customer over the specified period of time. Customer rebates totaled $2.1 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016 for the Successor. Customer rebates totaled $4.0 million for the period from October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016, and $5.8 million and $8.0 million for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively, for the Predecessor. Rebates due to customers were $4.2 million at September 30, 2016 for the Successor and $4.3 million at September 30, 2015 for the Predecessor. These payables are included in Accrued expenses and other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.

Supplier Rebates

Certain of the Company's vendor arrangements provide for purchase incentives based on the Company achieving a specified volume of purchases. The Company records the volume-based purchase incentives as a reduction of inventory costs (and related cost of sales) based on its purchases to date and its estimates of purchases for the remainder of the calendar year. The Company receives these incentives in the form of rebates that are payable only when the Company's purchases equal or exceed the relevant calendar year target. Supplier rebates are recorded as a reduction of inventory costs and accrued as part of cost of sales for products sold based on progress towards earning the supplier rebates, taking into consideration cumulative purchases of inventory to date and projected purchases through the end of the applicable calendar year. Supplier rebates totaled $3.1 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016 for the Successor. Supplier rebates totaled $6.5 million for the period from October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016, and $13.9 million and $11.1 million for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively for the Predecessor. Supplier rebates due to the Company were $4.3 million at September 30, 2016 for the Successor and $3.4 million at September 30, 2015 for the Predecessor. These receivables are included in Accounts and notes receivable in the consolidated balance sheets.

Shipping and Handling

All shipping and handling amounts billed to customers are included in revenues. Costs incurred related to the shipping and handling of products are included in cost of sales.

Table of Contents

Expense Recognition

Cost of sales include material and production costs, as well as the costs of inbound and outbound freight, purchasing and receiving, inspection, warehousing, internal transfers and all other distribution network costs. Selling, general and administrative expenses include sales and marketing costs, advertising, research and development, customer support, environmental remediation and administrative costs. Because products and services are generally sold without any extended warranties, liabilities for product warranties are not significant. Advertising costs and research and development costs are expensed as incurred, and are reported as a component of Selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. Advertising expenses totaled $0.3 million and $1.3 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016 for the Successor and from October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016 for the Predecessor, respectively, and $2.2 million and $2.4 million for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2015 and 2014 for the Predecessor, respectively. There were no material research and development expenses incurred during any of the periods presented.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the financial statements. Under this method, the Company determines deferred tax assets and liabilities on the basis of the differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities by using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. The provision for income taxes includes income taxes paid, currently payable or receivable and those deferred.

The Company recognizes deferred tax assets to the extent that it believes that these assets are more likely than not to be realized. In making such a determination, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations. If the Company determines that it would be able to realize its deferred tax assets in the future in excess of the net recorded amount, it would make an adjustment to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which would reduce the provision for income taxes.

The Company records uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740 on the basis of a two-step process in which (1) the Company determines whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position and (2) for those tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, the Company recognizes the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority.

The Predecessor was organized as a limited liability company and was taxed as a partnership for U.S. income tax purposes. As such, with the exception of a limited number of state and local jurisdictions, the Predecessor was not subject to U.S. income taxes. Accordingly, the members of the Predecessor reported their share of the Predecessor’s taxable income on their respective U.S. federal tax returns. The Predecessor’s sole active U.S. corporate subsidiary, Sub Holding, was subject to tax at the entity level in the U.S. The net earnings for financial statement purposes differed from taxable income reportable by the Predecessor to the members as a result of differences between the tax basis and financial reporting basis of certain assets and liabilities and other factors. The Predecessor was required to make quarterly distributions to its members to fund their tax obligations, if any, attributable to the Predecessor’s taxable income. In some jurisdictions, the Predecessor made such distributions in the form of tax payments paid directly to the taxing authority on behalf of its members. Controlled foreign corporations are subject to tax at the entity level in their respective jurisdictions.

Due to related party pursuant to Contingent Consideration Obligations

As described in Note 3, as part of the consideration for the Business Combination, the Company entered into the TRA and agreed to pay the Deferred Cash Consideration pursuant to the Merger Agreement. The Company’s obligation for these contingent consideration amounts was initially measured at fair value as of the Closing Date. The Company’s contingent consideration liabilities are required to be recorded at fair value as of the end of each reporting period with any changes in fair value recorded in operating income. Changes in the estimates and inputs used in determining the fair value of the contingent consideration could have a material impact on the amounts recognized.

Table of Contents

Share-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for share-based compensation expense for equity instruments granted in exchange for employee and director services. Share-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date, based on the fair value of the award, and is recognized as expense over the vesting period of the equity award grant.

The Company’s PSU awards contain both market and performance-based conditions. At the grant date, market conditions are incorporated into the fair value measurement using a Monte Carlo simulation model under the assumptions that performance-based conditions are met and not met. The Company then determines the probability that performance-based conditions will be met and incorporates this into the grant date fair value of the award.

The compensation cost for the PSU awards is amortized over the vesting period on a straight-line basis, net of estimated forfeitures. Forfeiture rates are estimated based on consideration of historical forfeitures of the Predecessor’s actual forfeitures of its share-based compensation awards and a peer group of companies.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Adopted

In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-12, Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Accounting for Share-Based Payments When the Terms of an Award Provide That a Performance Target Could Be Achieved after the Requisite Service Period. This ASU requires that a performance target that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition and an entity should apply existing guidance in Topic 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation, as it relates to awards with performance conditions that affect vesting to account for such awards. The Company adopted these amendments on January 1, 2016, which did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-16, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement-Period Adjustments. ASU 2015-16 eliminates the requirement for an acquirer to retrospectively adjust provisional amounts recorded in a business combination to reflect new information about the facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date and that, if known, would have affected measurement or recognition of amounts initially recognized. The amendment requires that an acquirer recognize adjustments to provisional amounts that are identified during the measurement period in the reporting period in which the adjustment amounts are determined. The Company adopted this standard during the three months ended June 30, 2016. Any future adjustments to the amounts initially recognized for assets and liabilities acquired as a result of the Business Combination will be recognized in the period in which they are identified.

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-17, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes. This ASU requires an entity to classify all deferred tax assets and liabilities as non-current. These amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016 and interim periods within those years and early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted this standard during the three months ended June 30, 2016 on a prospective basis and its adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations, or on the Predecessor’s financial position or results of operations for the periods presented.

In April and August 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-03 and ASU No. 2015-15, Interest-Imputation of Interest, respectively, to simplify the presentation of debt issuance costs. These amendments require debt issuance costs to be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying value of the debt liability. The FASB clarified that debt issuance costs related to line-of-credit arrangements can be presented as an asset and amortized over the term of the arrangement. The Company adopted these amendments on January 1, 2016 on a retrospective basis. As a result, the Predecessor financial statements have been adjusted to reclassify $9.1 million of debt issuance costs from Other non-current assets and into Long-term debt and capital lease obligations, less current portion, net on the consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2015.

Table of Contents

New Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). The amendments in this ASU will supersede the revenue recognition requirements in Topic 605, Revenue Recognition and require that revenue be recognized to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-14, which deferred the effective date of ASU 2014-09 for all entities by one year. These amendments will be effective in annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017 including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. Earlier application is permitted only as of annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016 including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. The Company is in the process of evaluating the provisions of this ASU and assessing the potential effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements - Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity's Ability to Continue as a Going Concern. The amendments in this ASU provide guidance in GAAP about management's responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity's ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date the financial statements are issued and to provide related footnote disclosures. The ASU is effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those years and early adoption is permitted. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's financial position or results of operation.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-11, Inventory (Topic 330): Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory. The amendments in this ASU require an entity to measure inventory at the lower of cost or net realizable value, whereas guidance previously required an assessment of market value of inventory, with different possibilities as to determining market value. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016 and interim periods within those years and early adoption is permitted. The Company is in the process of evaluating the provisions of the ASU, but does not expect it to have a material effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, Financial Instruments (Topic 825): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. This ASU (i) requires all equity investments in unconsolidated entities other than those measured using the equity method of accounting, to be measured at fair value through earnings; (ii) when the fair value option has been elected for financial liabilities, requires that changes in fair value due to instrument specific credit risk be recognized separately in other comprehensive income and accumulated gains and losses due to these changes and will be reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to earnings if the liability is settled before maturity; and (iii) amends certain fair value disclosure provisions related to financial instruments carried at amortized cost. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years and early adoption is permitted. The Company is in the process of evaluating the provisions of the ASU and assessing the potential effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), which requires all leases with terms greater than 12 months, whether finance or operating, to be recorded on the balance sheet, reflecting a liability to make lease payments and a right-to-use asset representing the right to use the underlying asset for the lease term. The recognition, measurement and presentation of expenses and cash flows arising from a lease by a lessee will not significantly change from current U.S. GAAP. These amendments are effective for the reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018 with early adoption permitted. An entity will be required to recognize and measure leases at the beginning of the earliest period presented using a modified retrospective approach by recording a cumulative-effect adjustment to equity as of the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption. The Company is in the process of evaluating the potential effects of this standard and believes it may have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements due, in part, to its substantial number of operating lease obligations.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting. The updated guidance simplifies several aspects of accounting for certain aspects of share-based payment awards to employees, including the accounting for income taxes, forfeitures and statutory tax withholding requirements, as well as the classification of related matters in the statement of cash flows. This ASU is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. The Company is in the process of evaluating the provisions of this ASU and assessing the potential effect on the Company’s financial position and results of operations.

Table of Contents

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. This ASU requires an organization to measure all expected credit losses for financial assets held at the reporting date based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. Forward-looking information will now be used to better inform credit loss estimates. The amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years beginning December 15, 2020 including interim periods within those years with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the provisions of this ASU and assessing the potential effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

In August 2016 the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments. This ASU will make eight targeted changes to how cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. The new standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted. The new standard will require adoption on a retrospective basis unless it is impracticable to apply, in which case the Company would be required to apply the amendments prospectively as of the earliest date practicable. The Company is in the process of evaluating the provisions of the ASU, but does not expect it to have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated statements of cash flows.

3. Business Combination

On June 9, 2016, the Company consummated the Business Combination pursuant to the Merger Agreement, whereby WLRH acquired Holdings (including the portion of Holdings held by Blocker) through a series of two mergers. As a result of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, Holdings and Blocker became wholly-owned subsidiaries of WLRH.

The purchase consideration for the Business Combination was as follows:



Cash	$	424.9
Less: cash acquired	(64.3		)
Equity⁽¹⁾	276.7
Founder Shares transferred to Selling Equityholders⁽¹⁾	30.2
Contingent consideration - Fair value of Deferred Cash Consideration	45.4
Contingent consideration - Fair value of TRA	84.2
Total purchase consideration⁽²⁾	$	797.1

⁽¹⁾ See Note 11.

⁽²⁾ In addition to the total purchase consideration above, the Company assumed the outstanding indebtedness of the Predecessor, including related accrued interest through the Closing Date, totaling $774.3 million. The proceeds of the Credit Facilities were used to repay such indebtedness and accrued interest immediately following the consummation of the Business Combination.

During the three months ended September 30, 2016, the Company recorded adjustments to the purchase consideration to reflect the impact of the final working capital adjustment which reduced the fair value of the Deferred Cash Consideration by $4.2 million and an adjustment to reduce the preliminary fair value of the TRA by $10.7 million to reflect revisions in the assessment of the future tax payments expected to be made to the Selling Equityholders.

Table of Contents

Contingent Consideration - Deferred Cash Consideration

The contingent consideration associated with the Deferred Cash Consideration will be an amount in cash equal to the prevailing price of the Company’s common stock at the time that the Company pays such deferred cash payment multiplied by the number of Excess Shares (5,178,642 Excess Shares as of September 30, 2016). Based on the terms of the Excess Shares, certain circumstances require the Company to pay all or a portion of the Deferred Cash Consideration to the Selling Equityholders, where such cash amount is calculated as set forth in the Merger Agreement, including (i) where the volume weighted average trading price of the Company’s common stock for any period of 20 trading days in any 30 trading day period exceeds $15.00 per share, and (ii) if any Excess Shares remain on June 30, 2021. If any Excess Shares remain on June 30, 2021, the Company must elect to either (i) within five business days of such date, pay to Selling Equityholders an amount in cash equal to the product of the number of remaining Excess Shares multiplied by the volume weighted-average trading price for the 20 trading day period immediately preceding such date or (ii) use reasonable best efforts to sell to a third party in a primary offering such shares and pay the gross proceeds thereof (less any underwriting discounts and commissions) to the Selling Equityholders. However, to the extent the number of shares issued in such offerings does not equal the full amount of Excess Shares remaining at the time of the offering, the Company’s obligations with respect to any remaining Excess Shares, including the obligation to continue to complete any necessary additional offerings, shall continue. In order to estimate the fair value of the Deferred Cash Consideration, the Company estimates the value of the Excess Shares using a Monte Carlo simulation model. The estimated fair value of the Deferred Cash Consideration liability as of the Closing Date was $45.4 million.

Contingent Consideration - TRA

Concurrent with the completion of the Business Combination, the Company incurred the liability for the contingent consideration related to the TRA, which reflects amounts owed to the Selling Equityholders. This liability generally provides for the payment by the Company to the Selling Equityholders of 85% of the net cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state and local income taxes that the Company actually realizes (or is deemed to realize in certain circumstances) in periods after the Closing Date as a result of (i) certain increases in tax basis resulting from the Company Merger, (ii) certain tax attributes of Holdings existing prior to the Mergers, (iii) net operating losses and certain other tax attributes of Blocker available to the Company as a result of the Blocker Merger and (iv) imputed interest deemed to be paid by the Company as a result of, and additional tax basis arising from, payments the Company makes under the TRA. The Company will retain the benefit of the remaining 15% of the net cash savings, if any. The Company estimated the fair value of the TRA liability based on a discounted cash flow model which incorporates assumptions of projected taxable income, projected income tax liabilities and an estimate of tax benefits expected to be realized as a result of the Business Combination. The estimated fair value of the TRA liability as of the Closing Date was $84.2 million. The undiscounted cash flows associated with the TRA liability were estimated to be between $180.0 million and $220.0 million over the time period during which the tax benefits are expected to be realized, currently estimated at over 20 years.

The amount and timing of any payments due under the TRA will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the amount and timing of the taxable income the Company generates in the future and the U.S. federal, state and local income tax rates then applicable. In addition, payments made under the TRA will give rise to additional tax benefits for the Company and therefore to additional potential payments due under the TRA. The term of the TRA commenced upon the consummation of the Mergers and will continue until all tax benefits that are subject to the TRA have been utilized or expired, unless the Company exercises its right to terminate the TRA early. If the Company elects to terminate the TRA early, its obligations under the TRA would accelerate and it generally would be required to make an immediate payment equal to the present value of the anticipated future payments to be made by it under the TRA, calculated in accordance with certain valuation assumptions set forth in the TRA.

The liabilities related to the Deferred Cash Consideration and the TRA are included in Due to related party pursuant to contingent consideration obligations on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

Table of Contents

Preliminary Purchase Consideration Allocation

The Business Combination is accounted for under the acquisition method, with WLRH determined to be the accounting acquirer of Holdings, which requires the Company to perform an allocation of the purchase consideration to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. The excess of the purchase consideration over the estimated fair values is recorded as goodwill. As mentioned above, during the three months ended September 30, 2016, the Company recorded adjustments to the purchase consideration totaling $14.9 million to reflect the impact of the final working capital adjustment which reduced the fair value of the Deferred Cash Consideration by $4.2 million and an adjustment to reduce the preliminary fair value of the TRA by $10.7 million to reflect revisions in the assessment of the future tax payments expected to be made to the Selling Equityholders. The following table summarizes the Company’s preliminary allocation of the purchase consideration to assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date:



	Preliminary Purchase Price Allocation
Accounts receivable	$	470.0
Inventory	328.5
Other current assets	25.8
Property, plant and equipment	328.3
Customer-related intangible	201.0
Trade name	21.0
Below-market leases	0.7
Other non-current assets	3.2
Deferred tax assets	1.2
Goodwill	669.0
Total assets acquired	2,048.7

Short-term borrowings and current portion of capital leases	40.6
Accounts payable	338.0
Other current liabilities	52.8
Long-term portion of capital leases	23.0
Long-term debt	767.3
Deferred tax liability	24.4
Other non-current liabilities	5.5
Total liabilities assumed	1,251.6

Net assets acquired	$	797.1

During the three months ended September 30, 2016, the Company recorded adjustments to the fair value of certain of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including an adjustment to reduce the fair value of property, plant and equipment by $11.2 million and an adjustment to reduce the fair value of identified intangible assets by $5.2 million. As a result of these changes, during the three months ended September 30, 2016, the Company recorded a decrease to depreciation expense of $0.3 million in Cost of sales and operating expenses and a decrease to amortization expense of intangible assets and depreciation expense of $0.1 million in Selling, general and administrative expenses that would have otherwise been recorded during the three months ended June 30, 2016. The Company also recorded adjustments to the fair value of other current assets related to tax receivables of $1.3 million and deferred tax liabilities of $16.9 million during the three months ended September 30, 2016. The purchase price allocation will be completed within twelve months of the Closing Date, and changes could have a material impact on the amount ultimately allocated to goodwill.

Transaction costs incurred by the Company associated with the Business Combination were $21.3 million during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016 for the Successor. The Company also incurred a total of $25.3 million of debt issuance costs related to the Credit Facilities in connection with the consummation of the Business Combination. Transaction costs incurred by the Predecessor associated with the Business Combination were $33.4 million for the period from October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016.

Table of Contents

A summary and description of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities fair valued in conjunction with applying the acquisition method of accounting follows:

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable consists of receivables related to the customers of the acquired business, as well as various other miscellaneous receivables. The accounts receivable and other miscellaneous receivables were recorded at their approximate fair value based on expected collections of the Predecessor. Accordingly, accounts receivable included an adjustment of $4.1 million to reduce gross receivables to their net fair value based on the reserve for uncollectable amounts at the Closing Date.

Inventory

Inventory consists primarily of finished products to be distributed to the acquired business’s customers. The fair value of inventory was established through application of the income approach, using estimates of selling prices and costs such as selling and marketing expenses to be incurred in order to dispose of the finished products and arriving at the future profitability that is expected to be generated once the inventory is sold (net realizable value). The inventory fair value step up of $13.8 million was recognized in income during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016, which is included in Cost of sales and operating expenses in the consolidated statement of operations.

Other Current Assets

Other current assets consist primarily of prepaid expenses which did not have a fair value adjustment as part of acquisition accounting since their carrying value approximated fair value. Additionally, as a result of the Business Combination, the Company recognized $1.3 million for certain tax receivables.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment consists primarily of: 42 owned distribution locations in the U.S., Puerto Rico and Canada; 11 leased locations in the U.S., Canada, Puerto Rico, Mexico, Europe and China (excluding third party operated warehouses); office equipment and other similar assets used in the Predecessor's operations. The allocation of the purchase consideration for property, plant and equipment was based on the fair market value of such assets determined using the cost approach. The cost approach consisted of estimating the fixed assets’ replacement cost less all forms of depreciation. The fair value of land was determined using the comparable sales approach. The fair value adjustment to property, plant and equipment was $96.1 million. The Company's assessment of replacement cost of certain property and equipment is preliminary, and will be completed within twelve months of the Closing Date.

Customer-Related Intangible

Customer relationships were valued through the application of the income approach. Under this approach, revenue, operating expenses and other costs associated with existing customers were estimated in order to derive cash flows attributable to the existing customer relationships. The resulting estimated cash flows were then discounted to present value to arrive at the fair value of existing customer relationships as of the valuation date. The value associated with customer relationships will be amortized on a straight-line basis over a 12-year period, which represents the approximate point in the projection period in which a majority of the asset’s cash flows are expected to be realized based on assumed attrition rates. The Company recognized $201.0 million for these intangible assets as part of the preliminary allocation of the purchase consideration. The Company's assessment of the expected future cash flows related to the customer intangibles is preliminary, and will be completed within twelve months of the Closing Date.

Trade Name

The "Nexeo" trade name was valued through application of the income approach, involving the estimation of likely future sales and an estimated royalty rate reflective of the rate that a market participant would pay to use the Nexeo name. The fair value of this asset will be amortized on a straight-line basis over a period of four years, estimated based on the period in which the Company expects a market participant would use the name prior to rebranding and the length of time the name would be expected to maintain recognition and value in the marketplace. The Company recognized $21.0 million for this intangible asset as part of the preliminary allocation of the purchase consideration. The Company's assessment of these future cash flows is preliminary and will be completed within twelve months of the Closing Date.

Table of Contents

Below-Market Leases

The Company recognized an intangible asset related to favorable lease terms of certain properties under operating leases where rental payments were determined to be less than current market rates. The intangible asset will be amortized over the remaining life of the operating leases, which ranges from one to seven years. The Company recognized $0.7 million for this intangible asset as part of the preliminary allocation of the purchase consideration.

Other non-current assets

Other non-current assets acquired represents certain long-term deposits, which did not have a fair value adjustment as part of acquisition accounting since their carrying value approximated fair value.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the total purchase consideration over the fair value of the underlying net assets acquired, largely arising from the workforce and extensive efficient distribution network that has been established by the acquired business. Of the total amount of goodwill recognized as part of the preliminary allocation of the purchase consideration above, the Company expects approximately $198.7 million to be deductible for tax purposes. As the fair value assessments of the acquired assets and liabilities are finalized within the next twelve months, the amount of goodwill recognized as of the acquisition date is subject to change.

Short-term borrowings and current portion of capital leases.

Short-term borrowings and current portion of capital leases includes short term borrowings of Nexeo Plaschem and the current portion of capital leases, which did not have a fair value adjustment as part of acquisition accounting since their carrying value approximated fair value.

Accounts Payable

Accounts payable represent short-term obligations owed to the vendors of the acquired business, which were assumed in the Business Combination. These obligations did not have a fair value adjustment as part of acquisition accounting since their carrying value approximated fair value.

Other Current Liabilities

Other current liabilities represent primarily accrued expenses, including accrued payroll, accrued interest on long-term debt, certain accrued taxes and various other liabilities arising out of the normal operations of the acquired business. The majority of these liabilities did not have a fair value adjustment because their carrying value approximated fair value. However, no fair value was recognized for certain recorded liabilities that did not meet the definition of a liability under the acquisition method of accounting.

Long-term Portion of Capital Leases

The long-term portion of capital leases includes the non-current portion of capital leases for machinery and equipment, which did not have a fair value adjustment as part of acquisition accounting since their carrying value approximated fair value.

Long-term Debt

Long-term debt represents the outstanding principal balance at the Closing Date of the Predecessor Term Loan Facility and the Notes which did not have a fair value adjustment as part of acquisition accounting since the carrying value approximated fair value.

Table of Contents

Deferred Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to the difference between the estimated fair values allocated to inventory, property, plant and equipment and identified intangibles acquired for financial reporting purposes and the amounts determined for tax reporting purposes and give rise to temporary differences. The deferred tax assets and liabilities will reverse in future periods or have reversed as the related tangible and intangible assets are amortized, acquired inventory is sold, or if goodwill is impaired. The estimates of the deferred taxes are preliminary as they are dependent on the final fair values allocated to inventory, property, plant and equipment and identified intangibles. Additionally, the Company’s entity structure includes several partnerships. The estimates of deferred taxes are preliminary as the evaluation of the tax basis of each individual partner's interest in the partnership has not been fully completed.

Impact of the Business Combination on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Information

For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016, the Company’s consolidated sales and operating revenues and net income (loss) include $1,065.7 million and $7.3 million, respectively, related to the operations of the acquired business since the closing date of the Business Combination.

Unaudited Consolidated Pro Forma Financial Information

The unaudited consolidated pro forma results presented below include the effects of the Business Combination as if they had occurred as of the beginning of the previous fiscal year, or October 1, 2014. The unaudited consolidated pro forma results reflect certain adjustments related to this acquisition, primarily the amortization expense associated with estimates for the acquired intangible assets, inventory adjustments to fair value, depreciation expense based on the new fair value of property, plant and equipment, transaction costs, interest expense and income taxes.

The unaudited consolidated pro forma financial information below is not necessarily indicative of either future results of operations or results that might have been achieved had the Business Combination been completed on October 1, 2014.



	Fiscal Year Ended September 30,
	2016		2015
Sales and operating revenues	$	3,405.8	$	3,949.1
Operating income	$	95.8	$	6.2
Net income (loss) from continuing operations	$	34.3	$	(19.5	)
Net income (loss)	$	34.4	$	(20.2	)
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share	$	0.45	$	(0.25	)

The unaudited consolidated pro forma information for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015 above reflects the effect of recognizing the non-recurring inventory fair value step up of $13.8 million in income during that period, and the effect of recognizing transaction related costs of $54.7 million during that period.

For all periods presented above, the basic net income (loss) per share amounts were computed using weighted average shares outstanding of 76,746,168, which assumes all shares issued as a result of the Business Combination would have been issued on October 1, 2014. Diluted shares outstanding for the pro forma fiscal year ended September 30, 2016 were 76,799,052, which includes the effect of 64,518 shares of restricted stock issued to directors as outstanding as of their grant date. There were 12,476,250 Founder Shares not included in the basic or diluted computations because market conditions are assumed to be not satisfied. Additionally, 1,542,500 PSU awards were not included in the computation of diluted shares outstanding because performance targets and/or market conditions are assumed not to have been met for these awards, 25,012,500 shares based on the exercise of 50,025,000 warrants were excluded because the warrants were out-of-the-money. For the pro forma fiscal year ended September 30, 2015, the diluted net loss per share was computed using weighted average shares outstanding of 76,746,168, which excludes the Founder Shares, PSU awards and shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants as described above. The 64,518 shares of unvested restricted stock issued to directors were also excluded as their impact on the pro forma net loss would have been anti-dilutive.

Table of Contents

4. Certain Balance Sheet Information

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents were $47.5 million as of September 30, 2016 for the Successor and $127.7 million as of September 30, 2015 for the Predecessor. These amounts included the following:



	Successor		Predecessor
	September 30, 2016		September 30, 2015
Cash held by foreign subsidiaries	$	41.9	$	54.1
Non-U.S. dollar denominated currency held by foreign subsidiaries	$	36.9	$	45.0
Currency denominated in RMB	$	6.5	$	4.7

Non-U.S. dollar denominated currency held by foreign subsidiaries was primarily in euros and RMB. While the RMB is convertible into U.S. dollars, foreign exchange transactions are subject to approvals from SAFE. The Company does not anticipate any significant adverse impact to overall liquidity from restrictions on cash and cash equivalents.

Inventories

Inventories at September 30, 2016 for the Successor and September 30, 2015 for the Predecessor consisted of the following:



	Successor		Predecessor
	September 30, 2016		September 30, 2015
Finished products	$	311.7	$	320.9
Supplies	4.1		4.2
Total	$	315.8	$	325.1

During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015, the Predecessor recorded a $1.6 million non-cash impairment charge related to inventory on hand for certain chemical products in Asia. The decline in the value of these products was associated with the decline of oil prices as the prices for these products are closely correlated to this feedstock price.

The Company’s inventories in the U.S. and Canada are collateral under the Credit Facilities.

Other Non-Current Assets

Other non-current assets at September 30, 2016 for the Successor and September 30, 2015 for the Predecessor consisted of the following:



	Successor		Predecessor
	September 30, 2016		September 30, 2015
Debt issuance costs of revolving credit facilities	$	6.4	$	5.4
Other	4.3		3.4
Total	$	10.7	$	8.8

In connection with the Credit Facilities, the Company incurred debt issuance costs of $25.3 million during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016. Of these, $6.8 million related to the ABL Facility and were recorded in Other non-current assets on the consolidated balance sheet. The remaining $18.5 million of debt issuance costs related to the Term Loan Facility and were recorded as a reduction of the debt. See Note 7.

Amortization of debt issuance costs related to the ABL Facility recorded in Interest expense in the consolidated statement of operations was $0.4 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016 for the Successor.

Table of Contents

In connection with the Business Combination, debt issuance costs totaling $9.3 million, associated with the Predecessor were derecognized as part of the purchase consideration allocation. Amortization of debt issuance costs related to the Predecessor ABL Facility recorded in interest expense was $2.1 million for the period from October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016 and $3.0 million and $3.1 million for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively, for the Predecessor.

Investments and Cash Previously Held in Trust

Prior to the Business Combination, the Company held in a trust account securities which the Company had the ability and intent to hold until maturity. Held-to-maturity treasury securities were recorded at amortized cost and adjusted for the amortization of the original discount. During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016, the Company recognized $0.5 million of amortization related to the original discount, which was recorded in Interest income in the consolidated statement of operations. As part of the Business Combination, the Company withdrew all $501.1 million of proceeds from the trust account.

5. Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment at September 30, 2016 for the Successor and September 30, 2015 for the Predecessor consisted of the following:



	Successor			Predecessor
	September 30, 2016			September 30, 2015
Land	$	50.4		$	41.2
Plants and buildings	89.8			78.3
Machinery and equipment ⁽¹⁾	130.5			167.8
Software and computer equipment	49.0			68.8
Construction in progress	16.5			12.9
Total	336.2			369.0
Less accumulated depreciation ⁽²⁾	(13.6		)	(137.8		)
Property, plant and equipment, net	$	322.6		$	231.2

⁽¹⁾ Includes $25.2 million and $13.1 million, respectively, related to equipment acquired under capital leases.

⁽²⁾ Includes $1.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively, related to equipment acquired under capital leases.

In connection with the Business Combination, property, plant and equipment of the Predecessor was adjusted to fair value. See Note 3.

Depreciation expense recognized on the property, plant and equipment described above was as follows:



	Successor		Predecessor
	Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2016		October 1, 2015 Through June 8, 2016		Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2015		Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2014
Depreciation expense ⁽¹⁾	$	13.6	$	27.1	$	36.8	$	40.1

⁽¹⁾ Includes for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2014 an impairment loss of $1.8 million related to the closure of two facilities in the U.S. One of these facilities was sold in February 2015 for net proceeds of $1.3 million resulting in a $0.2 million gain on sale.

Included in the carrying value of property, plant and equipment in the Company's consolidated balance sheets are certain closed facilities located in the U.S., which collectively have a carrying value of $1.2 million as of September 30, 2016. The facilities do not currently meet the criteria for held-for-sale classification; accordingly, they remain classified as held and used.

Table of Contents

Equipment Lease

In May 2015, the Predecessor entered into the Ryder Lease for transportation equipment. The Ryder Lease covered the rental of approximately 202 tractors, which replaced a significant portion of the Company’s current private fleet of tractors, and has a term of seven years. The Ryder Lease is accounted for as a capital lease, and requires minimum annual payments of approximately $5.5 million per year. The Company is permitted to terminate the lease of an individual tractor on the anniversary of its delivery date, provided that certain conditions are met. In the event the Company terminates the lease of an individual tractor in accordance with the terms of the Ryder Lease, the Company may elect to purchase the individual tractor at a predetermined residual value or return the tractor to Ryder, subject to an adjustment based on the then-current market value of the individual tractor.

Facility Lease

The Company sold its Franklin Park facility to the Illinois Tollway Authority under an eminent domain proceeding numbered Illinois State Tollway Authority v. Nexeo Solutions, LLC Case No. 15 L 50521, Parcel No. WA-12-012. The sale was completed in September 2016 for $4.6 million, net of costs incurred. The Company also recognized a gain of $0.8 million, included in Other Income on the consolidated statement of operations for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016, related to the reimbursement of capital expenditures incurred for certain equipment in connection with this proceeding.

In March 2016, in connection with the relocation of the operations currently managed at the facility described above, the Predecessor entered into a lease agreement for a new facility in Montgomery, Illinois. The lease has a term of 15 years, with annual payments beginning at $1.1 million per year and annual escalations of 2.5% per year. The lease agreement includes three renewal options of five years each. This lease agreement will be accounted for as a capital lease, with the lease term beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2017.

6. Goodwill and Other Intangibles

Goodwill

The following is a progression of Successor goodwill by reportable segment:



Successor	Chemicals			Plastics			Other		Total
Balance at September 30, 2015	$	—		$	—		$	—	$	—
Business Combination	331.9			274.1			63.0		669.0
Foreign currency translation	(0.3		)	(3.0		)	—		(3.3		)
Balance at September 30, 2016	$	331.6		$	271.1		$	63.0	$	665.7

Goodwill by reportable segment as of September 30, 2015 for the Predecessor was $269.7 million for Chemicals, $91.5 million for Plastics and $12.5 million for Other.

Goodwill amounts by reportable segment at September 30, 2016 are based on the preliminary allocation of the purchase consideration of the Business Combination as of the Closing Date. Accordingly, the amounts allocated to goodwill are subject to adjustments to reflect the completion of the purchase price allocation, which will be completed within twelve months of the Closing Date and could have a material impact on total goodwill and goodwill by reportable segment. See Note 3.

Goodwill Impairment Test

Goodwill is tested for impairment annually as of March 31st and whenever events or circumstances make it more likely than not that an impairment may have occurred. Goodwill is reviewed for impairment at the reporting unit level, or operating segment for the Company.

Significant management judgment is required in the estimates and assumptions made for purposes of the Company's goodwill impairment testing. If actual results differ from these estimates and assumptions or market conditions materially change, the analysis could be negatively impacted and could result in an impairment charge in future periods.

Table of Contents

Other Intangible Assets

Definite-lived intangible assets at September 30, 2016 for the Successor and September 30, 2015 for the Predecessor consisted of the following:



		Successor
		September 30, 2016
	Estimated Useful Life (years)	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Amount
Customer-related	12	$	200.3	$	(5.2	)	$	195.1
Trade name	4	21.0		(1.7		)	19.3
Below-market leases	1-7	0.7		(0.1		)	0.6
Total		$	222.0	$	(7.0	)	$	215.0



		Predecessor
		September 30, 2015
	Estimated Useful Life (years)	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Amount
Customer-related	5-14	$	121.3	$	(33.6	)	$	87.7
Supplier-related	10	17.0		(2.6		)	14.4
Leasehold interest	1-20	2.1		(1.3		)	0.8
Non-compete agreements	3-5	10.0		(4.5		)	5.5
Trademarks and trade names	2-6	6.2		(3.2		)	3.0
Total		$	156.6	$	(45.2	)	$	111.4

Amortization expense recognized on the intangible assets described above was as follows:



	Successor		Predecessor
	Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2016		October 1, 2015 Through June 8, 2016		Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2015		Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2014
Amortization expense	$	7.0	$	10.6	$	15.8	$	13.3

Expected amortization expense for the years ending September 30, 2017 through 2021 is $22.3 million, $22.2 million, $22.1 million, $20.4 million, and $16.8 million, respectively.

7. Debt

Short-term borrowings outstanding and the current portion of long-term debt and capital lease obligations at September 30, 2016 and 2015 are summarized below:



	Successor		Predecessor
	September 30, 2016		September 30, 2015
Short-term borrowings	$	38.4	$	34.9
Current portion of long-term debt and capital lease obligations	9.3		37.5
Total short-term borrowings and current portion of long term debt and capital lease obligations, net	$	47.7	$	72.4

Table of Contents

Long-term debt outstanding at September 30, 2016 and 2015 is summarized below:



	Successor			Predecessor
	September 30, 2016			September 30, 2015
ABL Facility	$	117.7		$	—
Term Loan Facility	653.4			—
Predecessor ABL Facility	—			85.5
Predecessor Term Loan Facility	—			647.2
Notes	—			159.2
Capital lease obligations ⁽¹⁾	24.8			12.7
Total long-term debt	795.9			904.6
Less: unamortized debt discount ⁽²⁾	(3.2		)	(3.6		)
Less: debt issuance costs ⁽³⁾	(17.8		)	(9.1		)
Less: current portion of long-term debt and capital lease obligations	(9.3		)	(37.5		)
Long-term debt and capital lease obligations, less current portion, net	$	765.6		$	854.4


⁽¹⁾	Capital lease obligations exclude executory costs and interest payments associated with the underlying leases. See "Capital Lease Obligations" below.

⁽²⁾

At September 30, 2016, included $3.2 million of unamortized debt discount related to the Term Loan Facility for the Successor. At September 30, 2015, included $1.9 million of unamortized debt discount related to the Predecessor Term Loan Facility, with the remainder related to the Notes. Debt discount is amortized to interest expense over the life of the respective instruments using the effective interest rate method.


⁽³⁾	See discussion below under Term Loan Facility and Debt Issuance Cost Amortization and Note 2 related to the adoption of ASU 2015-03 and ASU 2015-15.

Short-term Borrowings

The Company's short-term borrowings are associated with the Company's operations in China and are summarized below:



	Facility Limit		Outstanding Borrowings Balance		Weighted Average Interest Rate on Borrowings		Outstanding LOC and Bankers' Acceptance Bills		Remaining Availability
September 30, 2016 - Successor
Bank of America - China ⁽¹⁾	$	28.4	$	27.3	4.0	%	$	—	$	1.1
Bank of Communications - China ⁽²⁾	22.5		11.1		5.2	%	10.5		0.9
Total	$	50.9	$	38.4			$	10.5	$	2.0

September 30, 2015 - Predecessor
Bank of America - China	$	23.8	$	23.0	3.5	%	$	—	$	0.8
Bank of Communications - China	23.6		11.9		6.1	%	7.1		4.6
Total	$	47.4	$	34.9			$	7.1	$	5.4


⁽¹⁾	The borrowing limit of this facility is denominated in U.S. dollars. This line of credit is secured by a standby letter of credit drawn on the ABL Facility covering at least 110% of the facility's borrowing limit amount. Borrowings under the line of credit are payable in full within 12 months of the date of the advance.


⁽²⁾	The borrowing limit of this facility is denominated in RMB. This line of credit is secured by a standby letter of credit drawn on the ABL Facility covering at least 100% of the facility's borrowing limit amount. Borrowings under the line of credit are payable in full within 12 months of the date of the advance.

In addition to the above lines of credit, Nexeo Plaschem entered into an arrangement through which it made borrowings on a short-term basis, usually six months, by using its line of credit with the bank or by pledging the proceeds of its notes receivable. The borrowings under this arrangement were used to fund Nexeo Plaschem's working capital requirements. The arrangement was terminated and as of September 30, 2015 there were no outstanding borrowings, no notes receivable pledged and no outstanding bankers' acceptance bills issued to suppliers under this arrangement.

Table of Contents

Nexeo Plaschem had another similar arrangement whereby it was able to pledge proceeds from its notes receivable in exchange for bankers' acceptance bills issued to suppliers. The arrangement was terminated and as of September 30, 2015 no notes receivable were pledged under this arrangement.

Long-term Debt

ABL Facility

On June 9, 2016, the ABL Borrowers entered into the ABL Facility which provides for revolving credit financing including a U.S. Tranche of up to $505.0 million, a Canadian Tranche of up to the U.S. dollar equivalent of $40.0 million, and a FILO Tranche up to $30.0 million. Under the ABL Facility, up to $50.0 million in the case of the U.S. Tranche and $10.0 million in the case of the Canadian Tranche may be short-term borrowings upon same-day notice, referred to as swingline loans. The ABL Facility is unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by Holdings and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Sub Holding. Additionally, Solutions, Holdings and Sub Holding are also co-borrowers under the U.S. Tranche and the FILO Tranche of the ABL Facility on a joint and several basis, and Nexeo Solutions Canada Corp. is the borrower under the Canadian Tranche. The ABL Facility matures on June 9, 2021. Provided no default or event of default then exists or would arise therefrom, the ABL Borrowers have the option to request that the ABL Facility be increased by an aggregate amount, when included with any incremental borrowings issued under the Term Loan Facility, not to exceed $175.0 million.

The amount of available credit changes every month, depending on the amount of eligible receivables and inventory the ABL Borrowers have available to serve as collateral. In general, the facility is limited to the lesser of (i) the aggregate commitment or (ii) the sum of (a) 90.0% of eligible accounts receivable, as defined therein, and (b) 85.0% of the orderly liquidation value of the eligible inventory and (c) 100.0% of cash and cash equivalents held in blocked accounts, as defined, maintained by the ABL Agent, for each ABL Borrower. Available credit for the U.S. and Canadian Tranches are calculated separately, and the borrowing base components are subject to customary reserves and eligibility criteria.

Borrowings under the U.S. Tranche and the Canadian Tranche of the ABL Facility bear interest, at the ABL Borrowers’ option, at either an alternate base rate or Canadian prime rate, as applicable, plus an applicable margin (ranging from 0.25% to 0.75% pursuant to a grid based on average excess availability) or LIBOR or Canadian BA rate (as defined therein), as applicable, plus an applicable margin (ranging from 1.25% to 1.75% pursuant to a grid based on average excess availability). Loans under the FILO Tranche, within the ABL Facility, bear interest at an alternate base rate plus an applicable margin (ranging from 1.00% to 1.50% pursuant to a grid based on average excess availability) or LIBOR plus an applicable margin (ranging from 2.00% to 2.50% pursuant to a grid based on average excess availability). In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal amounts under the ABL Facility, the ABL Borrowers are required to pay a commitment fee in respect of the unutilized commitments, which commitment fee is 0.250% or 0.375% per annum and is determined based on average utilization of the ABL Facility (increasing when utilization is low and decreasing when utilization is high). The ABL Borrowers are required to pay customary letters of credit fees.

The ABL Facility requires that if the sum of (i) excess availability, as defined (for the ABL Borrowers) and (ii) the amount by which the then-current borrowing base exceeds the aggregate commitments under the ABL Facility (for the ABL Borrowers) is less than the greater of (a) $40.25 million and (b) 10.0% of the Line Cap (as defined in the ABL Facility), the ABL Borrowers shall comply with a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of at least 1.0 to 1.0. In addition, the ABL Facility contains negative covenants that restrict Holdings and its subsidiaries, including the ABL Borrowers from, among other things, incurring additional debt, granting liens, entering into guarantees, entering into certain mergers, making certain loans and investments, disposing of assets, prepaying certain debt, declaring dividends, modifying certain material agreements or changing the business it conducts.

Table of Contents

The ABL Facility also contains certain customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants and events of default, including, among other things, payment defaults, breach of representations and warranties, covenant defaults, cross-defaults and cross-acceleration to certain indebtedness, certain events of bankruptcy, certain events under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, material judgments, actual or asserted failure of any guaranty or security document supporting the ABL Facility to be in full force and effect, and change of control. If such an event of default occurs, the lenders under the ABL Facility are entitled to take various actions, including the acceleration of amounts due under the ABL Facility and all actions permitted to be taken by a secured creditor.

The weighted average interest rate on borrowings under the ABL Facility was 2.0% at September 30, 2016. Solutions had the U.S. dollar equivalent of $72.9 million in outstanding letters of credit under the ABL Facility at September 30, 2016. The collective credit availability under the U.S. and Canadian Tranches of the ABL Facility was the U.S. equivalent of $273.8 million at September 30, 2016. There was $0.5 million availability under the FILO Tranche at September 30, 2016.

As of September 30, 2016, the ABL Borrowers were in compliance with the covenants of the ABL Facility.

Term Loan Facility

On June 9, 2016, Neon Finance Company LLC (which was subsequently merged with and into Solutions) entered into the Term Loan Facility that provides secured debt financing in an aggregate principal amount of up to $655.0 million and the right, at Solutions’ option, to request additional tranches of term loans in an aggregate principal amount, when included with any incremental borrowings issued under the ABL Facility, of up to $175.0 million, plus unlimited additional amounts such that the aggregate principal amount of indebtedness outstanding at the time of incurrence does not cause the Secured Net Leverage Ratio, calculated on a pro forma basis, to exceed 4.1 to 1.0. Availability of such additional tranches of term loans is subject to the absence of any default and, among other things, the receipt of commitments by existing or additional financial institutions. Borrowings under the Term Loan Facility bear interest at the borrower’s option at either (i) the LIBOR rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for U.S. dollar deposits for the interest period relevant to such borrowing adjusted for certain additional costs, which shall be no less than 1.0%, plus an applicable margin of 4.25% or (ii) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (a) the prime commercial lending rate published by Bank of America, N.A. as its "prime rate," (b) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.50% and (c) a one-month LIBOR rate plus 1.0%, plus an applicable margin of 3.25%. Commencing with the quarter ended September 30, 2016, Solutions is required to make scheduled quarterly payments in an aggregate annual amount equal to 1.0% of the aggregate principal amount of the initial term loans made on the Closing Date of the Mergers, with the balance due at maturity. The Term Loan Facility matures on June 9, 2023. The interest rate for the Term Loan Facility was 5.25% at September 30, 2016. Proceeds of $651.7 million, net of discount of $3.3 million were received in connection with the Term Loan Facility. The Company amortized $0.1 million of debt discount to interest expense during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016.

Additionally, the Term Loan Facility requires Solutions to make early principal payments on an annual basis, commencing with the fiscal year ending September 30, 2017, if cash flows for the year, as defined in the Term Loan Facility, exceed certain levels specified in the Term Loan Facility. Solutions generally has the right to prepay loans in whole or in-part, without incurring any penalties for early payment. Solutions is not required to make an early principal payment for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016.

Table of Contents

The Term Loan Facility contains a number of covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, restrict Holdings’ ability and the ability of its subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends on its capital stock or redeem, repurchase or retire its capital stock or other indebtedness, make investments, loans and acquisitions, create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to the Company from its restricted subsidiaries, engage in transactions with its affiliates, sell assets, including capital stock of its subsidiaries, alter the business it conducts, consolidate or merge, incur liens. The Term Loan Facility does not require Solutions to comply with any financial maintenance covenants and contains certain customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants and provisions relating to events of default. As of September 30, 2016, Solutions was in compliance with the covenants of the Term Loan Facility.

Redemption of Predecessor 8.375% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018

On June 9, 2016, all of the approximately $149.7 million principal amount of the Notes outstanding were redeemed at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount. The Issuers and the guarantors under the Notes were released from their respective obligations under the Notes and the indenture governing the Notes.

During the second quarter of fiscal year 2016, the Predecessor acquired $9.5 million in aggregate principal amount of its Notes for $8.7 million in cash and recorded a gain on early extinguishment of $0.6 million, inclusive of the write-off of related debt issuance costs and original issue discount which was recorded in Other income in the consolidated statement of operations.

Predecessor ABL Facility

On June 9, 2016, the $540.0 million multicurrency Predecessor ABL Facility was terminated. There was no outstanding balance at the time of termination. Solutions provided notice to the administrative agent and settled all remaining commitments under the facility. Accordingly, the administrative agent released the credit parties from their respective obligations under the facility, effective June 9, 2016.

Predecessor debt issuance costs totaling $3.3 million were derecognized as part of the purchase consideration allocation.

The weighted average interest rate on borrowings under the Predecessor ABL Facility was 1.8% at September 30, 2015. At September 30, 2015, the Predecessor had $67.4 million in outstanding letters of credit under the Predecessor ABL Facility. Collective credit availability under the U.S. and Canadian tranches of the Predecessor ABL Facility was $321.4 million at September 30, 2015.

Predecessor Term Loan Facility

On June 9, 2016, the principal outstanding balance of $617.5 million related to all three tranches of the term loans under the Predecessor Term Loan Facility was paid and the facility was terminated. Accordingly, the administrative agent released the credit parties from their respective obligations and all other commitments under the facility, effective June 9, 2016. The interest rate for the Predecessor Term Loan Facility was 5.0% as of September 30, 2015.

Related debt issuance costs totaling $4.6 million were derecognized as part of the purchase consideration allocation.

Debt Issuance Cost Amortization

Amortization expense included in interest expense related to debt issuance costs of the Term Loan Facility was $0.7 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016 for the Successor. Amortization expense included in interest expense related to debt issuance costs for the Predecessor Term Loan Facility was $3.0 million for the period from October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016 and $3.4 million and $3.0 million for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively, for the Predecessor.

Table of Contents

Debt issuance costs on the Notes totaling $1.4 million were derecognized as part of the purchase consideration allocation. Amortization of debt issuance costs related to the Notes recorded in interest expense was $0.6 million for the period from October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016 and $0.7 million for each of the fiscal years ended September 30, 2015 and 2014 of the Predecessor.

Capital Lease Obligations

The capital lease obligation balance of $24.8 million as of September 30, 2016 is primarily associated with tractors delivered under the Ryder Lease. See Note 5. This obligation excludes decreasing annual interest payments ranging from $1.2 million to $0.1 million, for aggregate interest payments totaling $4.9 million.

Debt obligations

The following table sets forth future principal payments on debt and capital lease obligations at September 30, 2016:



2017	$	47.7
2018	9.2
2019	9.1
2020	9.2
2021	127.0
Thereafter	632.1
Total	$	834.3

8. Derivatives

Prior to the Business Combination, the Predecessor was a party to interest rate swap agreements of varying expiration dates through March 2017, to help manage the exposure to interest rate risk related to the variable-rate Predecessor Term Loan Facility. As a result of the Business Combination, the Predecessor Term Loan Facility was extinguished, the related swap agreements were terminated and an early termination payment penalty of $0.3 million was paid in the Successor period and recorded in Transaction related costs in the consolidated statement of operations. No new swaps have been entered into.

The interest rate swaps were accounted for as cash flow hedges. Accordingly, gains or losses resulting from changes in the fair value of the swaps were recorded in other comprehensive income to the extent that the swaps are effective as hedges. Gains and losses resulting from changes in the fair value applicable to the ineffective portion, if any, were reflected in income. Gains and losses recorded in other comprehensive income were reclassified into and recognized in income when the interest expense on the Predecessor Term Loan Facility was recognized.

Gains and losses net of reclassifications into income related to the Predecessor’s interest rate swaps were as follows:



		Predecessor
	Recorded to	October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016		Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2015		Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2014
Realized loss	Interest expense	$	0.3	$	0.6	$	0.7
Unrealized gain	Other comprehensive income	$	0.3	$	0.2	$	0.4

See Note 9 for additional information on the fair value of the Predecessor’s derivative instruments.

Table of Contents

9. Fair Value Measurements

The accounting standard for fair value measurements establishes a framework for measuring fair value that is based on the inputs market participants use to determine the fair value of an asset or liability and establishes a fair value hierarchy to prioritize those inputs. The fair value hierarchy is as follows:


•	Level 1—Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities.


•	Level 2—Quoted prices in markets that are not active or inputs which are observable, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.


•	Level 3—Prices or valuation models that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and less observable for objective sources (i.e., supported by little or no market activity).

The fair value hierarchy requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. Observable inputs are obtained from independent sources and can be validated by a third party, whereas unobservable inputs reflect assumptions a third party would use in pricing an asset or liability based on the best information available under the circumstances. A financial instrument’s categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement requires judgment, which may affect the valuation of the assets and liabilities and their placement within the fair value hierarchy levels. The Company considers active markets as those in which transactions for the assets or liabilities occur in sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.

Fair value of financial instruments

The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts and notes receivable, accounts payable and short-term borrowings approximate fair value due to the short-term maturity of those instruments.

The carrying values of borrowings outstanding under the Credit Facilities approximate fair value at September 30, 2016 primarily due to their variable interest rate. The estimated fair value of these instruments is classified by the Company as a Level 3 measurement within the fair value hierarchy due to the varying interest rate parameters as outlined in the respective loan agreements. The carrying values of borrowings under the Predecessor Credit Facilities approximated fair value at September 30, 2015 primarily due to their variable interest rate.

The estimated fair value of the Notes was $149.2 million at September 30, 2015 including accrued interest of $1.1 million. The estimated fair value of the Notes is classified by the Company as a Level 3 measurement within the fair value hierarchy. The estimated fair values of these instruments are calculated based upon a pricing model using the estimated yield calculated from interpolated treasury and implied yields to quoted price as inputs. The Predecessor’s relative credit standing is one of the inputs to the valuation.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-recurring Basis

In addition to the financial instruments that are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis, the Company records assets and liabilities at fair value on a non-recurring basis as required by U.S. GAAP. Generally, assets are recorded at fair value on a non-recurring basis as a result of impairment charges or as part of a business combination. As discussed in Note 3, during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016, the Company recorded non-recurring fair value measurements related to the Business Combination. During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2014, the Predecessor recorded non-recurring fair value measurements related to the Archway Acquisition and the CSD Acquisition. These fair value measurements were classified as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy.

Table of Contents

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

Contingent Consideration

The fair value of the contingent consideration related to the Deferred Cash Consideration as discussed in Note 3 was $45.4 million at the Closing Date. The fair value of the contingent consideration related to the Deferred Cash Consideration was $35.0 million as of September 30, 2016. The measurement of the contingent consideration related to the Deferred Cash Consideration is classified by the Company as a Level 3 measurement within the fair value hierarchy. In order to estimate the fair value of the Deferred Cash Consideration, the Company estimates the value of the Excess Shares using a Monte Carlo simulation model with the market price of the Company’s common stock at each valuation date being a significant input to this model. Unobservable inputs to the valuation are the expected volatility during the applicable period as well as a marketability discount to reflect the illiquidity of the Excess Shares given their terms. An increase in the market price of the Company’s common stock has the same directional effect on the value of the liability related to the Deferred Cash Consideration. An increase in the volatility and marketability discount will lower the value of the liability related to the Deferred Cash Consideration.

The fair value of the liability for the contingent consideration related to the TRA as discussed in Note 3 was $84.2 million at the Closing Date. The fair value of the liability for the contingent consideration related to the TRA was $83.4 million as of September 30, 2016. The liability for the contingent consideration related to the TRA is classified by the Company as a Level 3 measurement within the fair value hierarchy. The Company estimates the fair value of the liability for the contingent consideration related to the TRA based on a discounted cash flow model which incorporates assumptions of projected taxable income, projected income tax liabilities and an estimate of tax benefits expected to be realized as a result of the Business Combination. Key inputs to the valuation are prevailing tax rates and market interest rates impacting the discount rate. An increase in the discount rate will lower the value of the liability related to the TRA and an increase in prevailing tax rates will increase the value of the liability related to the TRA.

Changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration obligations for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016 are included in Operating income (loss) in the consolidated statement of operations and were as follows:



	TRA			Deferred Cash Consideration			Total Fair Value
Contingent consideration as of September 30, 2015	$	—		$	—		$	—
Acquisition date contingent consideration fair value	84.2			45.4			129.6
Change in fair value of contingent consideration	(0.8		)	(10.4		)	(11.2		)
Contingent consideration as of September 30, 2016	$	83.4		$	35.0		$	118.4

The total purchase consideration is preliminary and subject to finalization of the fair value assessment for the contingent consideration liabilities as of the Closing Date. As discussed in Note 3, changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration from their initial fair value recognition at the Closing Date have been recognized as a component of Operating income (loss) in the consolidated statement of operations. Significant changes in the estimates and inputs used in determining the fair value of the contingent consideration could have a material impact on the amounts recognized as a component of Operating income (loss) in future periods.

Predecessor Interest Rate Swaps

Prior to the Business Combination, the Predecessor was a party to interest rate swap agreements of varying expiration dates through March 2017 to help manage the Predecessor's exposure to interest rate risk related to its variable-rate Predecessor Term Loan Facility. As a result of the Business Combination, the Predecessor Term Loan Facility was extinguished, the related swap agreements were terminated and an early termination payment of $0.3 million was made and recorded in Transaction related costs in the consolidated statement of operations. No new swaps have been put in place to manage interest rate exposure associated with the Term Loan Facility. At September 30, 2015, the Predecessor recorded $0.4 million in Accrued expenses and other liabilities and $0.1 million in Other non-current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet related to these instruments.

During the fiscal years ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, the Company did not have any transfers between Level 1, Level 2 or Level 3 fair value measurements.

Table of Contents

10. Share-Based Compensation and Employee Benefit Plans

Successor

On June 8, 2016, the Company’s stockholders approved the 2016 LTIP, with an effective date of March 30, 2016, covering approximately a ten-year period. No awards may be granted under the 2016 LTIP after March 20, 2026. The 2016 LTIP permits the grant of up to 9,000,000 shares of the Company's common stock for various types of awards to employees, directors and consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries, including incentive and non-incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, dividend equivalents, stock awards, conversion awards and performance awards.

Vesting conditions of awards under the 2016 LTIP are determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company, including treatment upon the occurrence of a change of control of the Company. Upon a change of control, the Compensation Committee has the discretion to remove forfeiture restrictions, accelerate vesting, require recipients of awards to surrender the awards for cash consideration, cancel unvested awards without payment of consideration, cause any surviving entity to assume and continue any outstanding awards, or make other such adjustments as the Compensation Committee deems appropriate to reflect such change of control.

If any change is made to the Company’s capitalization, appropriate adjustments will be made by the Compensation Committee as to the number and price of shares awarded under the 2016 LTIP, the securities covered by such awards, the aggregate number of shares of common stock of the Company available for the issuance of awards under the 2016 LTIP and the maximum annual per person compensation limits on share-based awards under the 2016 LTIP.

Other than in connection with a change in capitalization or other transaction where an adjustment is permitted or required under the terms of the 2016 LTIP, the Compensation Committee is prohibited from making any adjustment or approving any amendment that reduces or would have the effect of reducing the exercise price of a stock option or stock appreciation right previously granted under the 2016 LTIP unless the Company’s stockholders have approved such adjustment or amendment.

In each calendar year during any part of which the 2016 LTIP is in effect, an employee may not receive awards under the plan in excess of 1,000,000 shares of common stock, or a value of greater than $12.0 million if an award is to be paid in cash or if settlement is not based on shares of common stock, in each case, multiplied by the number of full or partial calendar years in any performance period established with respect to an award, if applicable. A non-employee member of the Board may not be granted awards with a cumulative value of greater than $1.0 million during any calendar year for services rendered in their capacity as a director. This limit does not apply to grants made to a non-employee director for other reasons not related to their services as a director.

During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016, the Company granted 1,542,500 PSUs to certain officers and employees. The performance aspect of the PSUs vest on June 30, 2019, entitling the recipient to receive a certain number of shares of the Company's common stock, based on the Company’s achievement of the performance goals included in the PSUs. Depending on the performance of common stock during the approximate three year performance period, a recipient of the award is entitled to receive a number of shares of common stock equal to a percentage, ranging from 0% to 200%, of the initial award granted, with a 35% total stockholder return entitling the recipient to receive 100% of the award granted. If the Company’s total stockholder return for the performance period is negative, then the number of units ultimately awarded is based on the Company’s achievement of its cumulative Adjusted EBITDA target, as defined by the PSU agreement, during the performance period. If total stockholder return is between negative 15% and 0%, a recipient is entitled to receive a number of shares of common stock between 70% and 50% of the number of PSUs granted. If the cumulative Adjusted EBITDA target is not met, or the total stockholder return is less than negative 15%, no shares of the Company’s common stock will be issued. The Company used the Monte Carlo simulation model to estimate the fair value of the PSU awards at the grant date, considering the probability of satisfying the various performance criteria. The resulting grant date fair value is recognized as expense on a straight-line basis from the grant date through the end of the performance period. The assumptions used in the Monte Carlo simulation model for PSUs included an expected stock price volatility of 35% based on a peer group of similar companies, an expected dividend yield of 0%, an expected term of approximately three years, and a risk-free interest rate of 0.9%.

100

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes PSU activity during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016:



	Units		Average Grant Date Fair Value Per Unit
Unvested PSUs at September 30, 2015	—		$	—
Grants	1,557,500		9.09
Vested	—		—
Forfeited/Canceled	(15,000	)	9.13
Unvested PSUs at September 30, 2016	1,542,500		$	9.12

As of September 30, 2016, the Company may issue up to 3,085,000 shares of common stock related to the outstanding PSU awards described above under the 2016 LTIP. The Company recognized compensation cost of $1.3 million as a component of Selling, general and administrative expenses on the consolidated statement of operations for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016 for the Successor related to the PSUs. As of September 30, 2016, the outstanding PSUs had a weighted-average remaining contract life of 2.75 years. As of September 30, 2016, there was $11.9 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested PSUs.

The Company also granted 64,518 shares of restricted stock to certain of the Company's non-employee directors under the 2016 LTIP. The restricted stock contains forfeiture provisions that lapse after one year provided the director continues his services as a director of the Company. The fair value of the restricted stock was determined by the closing price of the Company's common stock on the date of grant.

The following table summarizes restricted stock activity during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016:



	Units	Average Grant Date Fair Value Per Unit
Restricted stock at September 30, 2015	—	$	—
Grants	64,518	9.27
Vested	—	—
Forfeited/Canceled	—	—
Restricted stock at September 30, 2016	64,518	$	9.27

The Company recognized compensation cost of $0.1 million as a component of Selling, general and administrative expenses on the consolidated statement of operations for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016 for the Successor related to the restricted stock. As of September 30, 2016, there was $0.5 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock.

During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016, TPG entered into agreements with certain of the Company's officers and employees to award a total of 100,000 shares of restricted stock to such officers and employees from shares of the Company's common stock owned by TPG. These awards vest in equal amounts over a three year period provided that such officers and employees continue their employment with the Company. The Company recognized compensation cost of $0.1 million as a component of Selling, general and administrative expenses on the consolidated statement of operations for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016 for the Successor related to these awards. As of September 30, 2016, there was $0.8 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested restricted stock units. While these awards were not made pursuant to the 2016 LTIP, they constitute equity-based compensation and therefore will count against the 2016 LTIP's share reserve to the extent the awards vest.

101

Table of Contents

Defined Contribution Plans

Qualifying employees of the Predecessor were eligible to participate in the Solutions 401(k) Plan. The 401(k) Plan was a defined contribution plan designed to allow employees to make tax deferred contributions as well as company contributions, designed to assist employees of the Predecessor and its affiliates in providing for their retirement. The Predecessor matched 100% of employee contributions up to 4.0%. The Company will make an additional contribution to the 401(k) Plan of 1.5%, 3.0%, or 4.5%, based upon years of service of one to ten years, eleven to twenty years, and over twenty-one years of service, respectively. Employees meeting certain age requirements may also receive an additional transition contribution from the Company. A version of the 401(k) Plan is also available for qualifying employees of the Company in its foreign subsidiaries. These plans are unchanged as a result of the Business Combination.

The following summarizes contributions to the plans described above:



	Successor		Predecessor
	Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2016		October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016		Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2015		Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2014
Contributions recorded as a component of cost of sales and operating expenses	$	1.3	$	2.7	$	3.9	$	4.2
Contributions recorded as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses	2.2		4.5		6.8		7.9
Total contributions	$	3.5	$	7.2	$	10.7	$	12.1

Predecessor Equity Plan

The Predecessor previously issued unregistered Series B units in Holdings to directors and certain officers and employees of the Predecessor. The units issued were initially unvested, and with respect to units issued to certain officers and employees, 50% of the Series B units would vest 20% annually over a five year period ("Time-Based Units") and 50% of the Series B units would vest in accordance with a performance-based schedule that was divided into five separate and equal twelve month periods ("Performance-Based Units"). The Board of Directors of the Predecessor established EBITDA-based performance targets for purposes of determining vesting of the Performance-Based Units. Further, all Performance-Based Units would automatically vest upon a liquidity event of the Predecessor, provided the award holder remained employed with the Predecessor or its subsidiaries through the date of the liquidity event.

Immediately prior to and in connection with the closing of the Business Combination, certain Series B units vested, including 368,136 units granted to directors of the Predecessor, and as a result, the Predecessor recognized $2.0 million of expense related to Performance-Based Units during the period from April 1, 2016 through June 8, 2016, which is included in Transaction related costs in the consolidated statement of operations. The Predecessor recognized an additional $0.7 million of compensation expense as a component of Selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of operations related to the Time-Based Units during the period from October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016.

102

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the Predecessor Equity Plan activity, including both vested and non-vested units, during the period from September 30, 2013 through June 8, 2016:



	Units		Average Grant Date Fair Value Per Unit
Outstanding at September 30, 2013	35,227,878		$	0.32
Granted	3,449,890		0.27
Forfeited/Canceled	(5,579,000	)	0.29
Outstanding at September 30, 2014	33,098,768		0.29
Granted	5,747,856		0.23
Forfeited/Canceled	(380,000	)	0.29
Outstanding at September 30, 2015	38,466,624		0.28
Granted	1,028,571		0.16
Forfeited/Canceled	(1,597,000	)	0.25
Outstanding at June 8, 2016	37,898,195		$	0.22

The following table summarizes the activity for the non-vested Predecessor Equity Plan units during the period from September 30, 2013 through June 8, 2016:



	Units		Average Grant Date Fair Value Per Unit
Nonvested at September 30, 2013	26,678,241		$	0.32
Granted	3,449,890		0.27
Vested	(3,406,416	)	0.32
Forfeited	(5,201,000	)	0.28
Nonvested at September 30, 2014	21,520,715		0.28
Granted	5,747,856		0.23
Vested	(3,809,946	)	0.31
Forfeited	(342,000	)	0.24
Nonvested at September 30, 2015	23,116,625		0.26
Granted	1,028,571		0.16
Vested	(19,871,696	)	0.16
Forfeited	(1,345,000	)	0.23
Nonvested at June 8, 2016	2,928,500		$	0.26

All outstanding Series B units of the Predecessor in existence as of the closing of the Business Combination were exchanged for equity interests of New Holdco, which received a portion of the consideration paid to the Selling Equityholders in the Company Merger in exchange for such Series B Units.

11. Equity

Common Stock

The authorized common stock of the Company consists of 300,000,000 shares. Holders of the Company’s common stock are entitled to one vote for each share of common stock. As of September 30, 2016, there were 89,286,936 shares of common stock issued and outstanding and warrants to purchase 25,012,500 shares of common stock at a strike price of $11.50 per share.

Prior to the completion of the Business Combination, the Company had 62,531,250 shares of common stock issued and outstanding, consisting of 50,025,000 shares originally sold as part of units issued in the Company’s IPO, consummated on June 11, 2014, and 12,506,250 shares of Founder Shares that were issued to the Sponsor prior to the IPO.

103

Table of Contents

All of the 50,025,000 shares of common stock sold as part of the units in the IPO contained a redemption feature which allowed for the redemption of such shares. These redemption provisions generally required the Company to classify these shares outside of permanent equity, except for certain provisions related to ordinary liquidations involving the redemption and liquidation of all of the Company’s equity instruments that allowed the Company to classify a certain amount related to these shares as permanent equity at each reporting period. At March 31, 2016, 47,512,924 of the 50,025,000 public shares with a value of $475.2 million were classified outside of permanent equity at their redemption value.

On June 9, 2016, in connection with the completion of the Business Combination, 47,512,924 shares of common stock were reclassified into equity and 29,793,320 shares were redeemed at $10.02 per share. Additionally, the Company issued (i) 27,673,604 new shares of common stock at $10.00 per share to the Selling Equityholders as consideration, (ii) 23,492,306 new shares of common stock at a price of $10.00 per share in private placements with eligible purchasers, (iii) 3,078,578 new shares of common stock to settle the payment of an aggregate of $30.8 million in fees and disbursements outstanding and due to certain of WLRH’s advisors in connection with services and work performed by the advisors, including shares issued to pay the liability of $18.3 million for deferred underwriting fees due upon the completion of a Business Combination from the IPO and (iv) 2,240,000 new shares of common stock in exchange for 22,400,000 warrants to purchase shares of common stock privately placed to Sponsor at the time of the IPO. In connection with the completion of the Business Combination, the Sponsor (on behalf of the Company) transferred 30,000 original Founder Shares to the Company’s prior independent directors ("Director Founder Shares") in connection with services previously rendered to the Company and 3,554,240 Founder Shares with a fair value of $30.2 million to the Selling Equityholders. The fair value of the Founder Shares transferred to the Company’s prior independent directors was recorded as an equity contribution and a transaction related costs in the third quarter of fiscal year 2016. The fair value of the Founder Shares transferred to the directors and the Selling Equityholders was estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation model. The 3,554,240 of Founder Shares that were transferred to the Selling Equityholders was a component of the Business Combination purchase consideration and was recorded by the Company as an equity contribution and included in the purchase consideration. See Note 3.

In connection with the consummation of the Business Combination, the Founder Shares, other than the Director Founder Shares, became subject to forfeiture on the tenth anniversary of the Closing Date unless:

•with respect to 50% of such Founder Shares, the last sale price of the Company’s common stock as quoted on NASDAQ equals or exceeds $12.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30 trading day period; and

•with respect to the remaining 50% of such Founder Shares, the last sale price of the Company’s common stock equals or exceeds $15.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30 trading day period; or

•the post-combination company completes a liquidation, merger, stock exchange or other similar transaction that results in all or substantially all of its stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of common stock for consideration in cash, securities or other property or any transaction involving a consolidation, merger, proxy contest, tender offer or similar transaction in which the post-combination company is the surviving entity which results in a change in the majority of the Company’s board of directors or management team or the Company’s post-combination stockholders immediately prior to such transaction ceasing to own a majority of the surviving entity immediately after such transaction.

Such Founder Shares other than the Director Founder Shares will not participate in dividends or other distributions with respect to the shares prior to these targets being met, whereupon the Founder Shares shall be entitled to all dividends and distributions paid on the common stock after the Business Combination as if they had been holders of record entitled to receive distributions on the applicable record date.

Preferred Stock

The authorized preferred stock of the Company consists of 1,000,000 shares. As of September 30, 2016, there were no shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding.

The Company’s second amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that shares of preferred stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board is authorized to fix the voting rights, if any, designations, powers, preferences, the relative, participating, optional or other special rights and any qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, applicable to the shares of each series. The Board is able, without stockholder approval, to issue preferred stock with voting and other rights that could adversely affect the voting power and other rights of the holders of the Company's common stock and could have anti-takeover effects. The ability of the Board to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control of the Company.

104

Table of Contents

Offering Costs

Offering costs associated with the IPO, consummated on June 11, 2014, consisting principally of professional and registration fees incurred of $28.5 million (including $27.5 million in underwriters’ fees) were charged to stockholders’ equity upon the completion of the IPO. The Company paid upfront underwriting fees of approximately 1.84% ($9.2 million) of the per unit offering price to the underwriters at the close of the IPO with an additional fee of 3.66% ($18.3 million) of the gross offering proceeds payable upon the Company’s completion of a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination. These deferred underwriting costs were paid with the issuance of common stock in connection with the Business Combination.

12. Earnings Per Share

A reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of the basic and diluted per share computation follows. No such computation is necessary for the Predecessor periods as the Predecessor was organized as a limited liability company and did not have publicly traded common shares.



	Successor
	Fiscal Year Ended September 30,
	2016
Basic:
Net loss	$	(8.4	)
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period	35,193,789
Net loss per common share - basic	$	(0.24	)

Diluted:
Net loss	$	(8.4	)
Denominator for diluted earnings per share:
Weighted average number of common shares attributable to the period	35,193,789
Incremental common shares attributable to outstanding dilutive options and unvested restricted shares	—
Denominator for diluted earnings per common share	35,193,789
Net loss per common share - diluted	$	(0.24	)

The calculation for weighted average number of common shares reflects shares outstanding over the reporting period based on the actual number of days the shares of common stock were outstanding. A large number of shares were issued in connection with the Business Combination on the Closing Date and the weighted average common shares outstanding only incorporates these shares from that date through September 30, 2016, or 114 days.

For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016, there were 12,476,250 Founder Shares excluded from the basic and diluted computations commencing on the Closing Date because such shares were subject to forfeiture, 1,542,500 PSU awards which were not included in the computation of diluted shares outstanding because performance targets and/or market conditions were not yet met for these awards. Diluted shares outstanding also did not include 25,012,500 shares based on the exercise of 50,025,000 warrants because the warrants were out-of-the-money and their impact on the Company’s net loss is anti-dilutive for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016. As of September 30, 2016, the 64,518 shares of unvested restricted stock were not included in the diluted share calculation as their impact on the Company's net loss would have been anti-dilutive.

105

Table of Contents

13. Commitments, Contingencies and Litigation

Operating Leases

The Company is a lessee of office buildings, retail outlets, transportation equipment, warehouses and storage facilities, other equipment, facilities and properties under operating lease agreements that expire at various dates. Rent expense (including rentals under short-term leases) was $6.9 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016 for the Successor, and $17.1 million, $26.1 million, and $23.6 million for the period from October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016 and for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively, for the Predecessor.

Future minimum non-cancellable rental payments as of September 30, 2016 are as follows:



2017	$	15.4
2018	12.9
2019	10.3
2020	5.5
2021	5.0
Thereafter	6.8
Total	$	55.9

Capital Leases

The Company leases certain equipment and facilities under capital lease agreements. As of September 30, 2016 future minimum lease payments under capital leases were as follows:



2017	$	6.0
2018	5.7
2019	5.7
2020	5.5
2021	5.5
Thereafter	13.9
Total minimum capital lease payments	42.3
Less amount representing executory costs	(12.6		)
Less amount representing interest	(4.9		)
Present value of net minimum capital lease payments	$	24.8

The table above excludes the impact of the lease agreement for a new facility in Montgomery, Illinois, which will be accounted for as a capital lease beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2017 with annual payments beginning at $1.1 million per year with annual escalations of 2.5% per year over the term of 15 years. See Note 5.

Environmental Remediation

Due to the nature of its business, the Company is subject to various laws and regulations pertaining to the environment and to the sale, handling, transportation and disposal of chemicals and hazardous materials. These laws pertain to, among other things, air and water, the management of solid and hazardous wastes, transportation and human health and safety.

106

Table of Contents

On March 31, 2011, the Predecessor purchased certain assets of the global distribution business (the "Distribution Business") from Ashland (the "Ashland Distribution Acquisition"), evidenced by the ADA Purchase Agreement. In the ADA Purchase Agreement, Ashland agreed to retain all known environmental remediation liabilities ("the Retained Specified Remediation Liabilities") and other environmental remediation liabilities unknown at the closing of the Ashland Distribution Acquisition related to the Distribution Business for which Ashland receives notice prior to the fifth anniversary of the closing (the "Other Retained Remediation Liabilities") (collectively, the "Retained Remediation Liabilities"). Ashland’s liability for the Retained Remediation Liabilities is not subject to any claim thresholds or deductibles other than expenses the Predecessor incurs arising out of the Other Retained Remediation Liabilities. Had the Predecessor incurred expenses arising out of the Other Retained Remediation Liabilities, Ashland’s indemnification obligation would have been subject to an individual claim threshold of $0.2 million and an aggregate claim deductible of $5.0 million. Ashland’s indemnification obligation for the Retained Remediation Liabilities is subject to an aggregate ceiling of $75.0 million Ashland’s indemnification obligations resulting from its breach of any representation, warranty or covenant related to environmental matters (other than for liabilities relating to taxes or the breach of any fundamental representation or warranty) are generally limited by an individual claim threshold of $0.2 million, an aggregate claim deductible of $18.6 million and a ceiling of $93.0 million. Collectively, Ashland’s indemnification obligations resulting from or relating to the Retained Remediation Liabilities, retained litigation liabilities, and the breach of Ashland’s representations, warranties and covenants contained in the ADA Purchase Agreement (other than for liabilities relating to taxes or the breach of any fundamental representation or warranty) is subject to an aggregate ceiling of $139.5 million, and Ashland’s total indemnification obligation under the ADA Purchase Agreement (other than for liabilities relating to taxes or any retained indebtedness) is subject to an aggregate ceiling in the amount of the purchase price for the Distribution Business net assets. Ashland’s indemnification obligations under the ADA Purchase Agreement as described above terminated as of March 31, 2016, other than for Retained Specified Remediation Liabilities and for Other Retained Remediation liabilities reported to Ashland prior to March 31, 2016 for which Ashland retains liability pursuant to the ADA Purchase Agreement. As a result, any environmental remediation liabilities reported to the Company after March 31, 2016 and not arising out of a Retained Remediation Liability will be liabilities of the Company.

In July 2014, Ashland filed a lawsuit numbered Ashland Inc. v. Nexeo Solutions, LLC, Case No. N14C-07-243 JTV CCLD, in the Superior Court for the State of Delaware in and for New Castle County. In the suit, Ashland seeks a declaration that, pursuant to the ADA Purchase Agreement, Solutions is obligated to indemnify Ashland for losses Ashland incurs pertaining to the Other Retained Remediation Liabilities, up to the amount of the aggregate $5.0 million deductible applicable expenses incurred by Solutions, whether or not Solutions incurs any expenses or obtains any indemnity from Ashland. Ashland further alleges that Solutions has breached duties related to the ADA Purchase Agreement by not having so indemnified Ashland for amounts Ashland has incurred for Other Retained Remediation Liabilities at sites where Ashland disposed of wastes prior to the Ashland Distribution Acquisition, and on that basis seeks unspecified compensatory damages, costs and attorney’s fees. The Company disagrees with Ashland’s construction of the ADA Purchase Agreement and is vigorously defending the lawsuit. The Company does not currently have any environmental or remediation reserves for matters covered under the ADA Purchase Agreement.

The Company’s reserves will be subject to numerous uncertainties that affect its ability to accurately estimate its costs, or its share of costs if multiple parties are responsible. These uncertainties involve the legal, regulatory and enforcement parameters governing environmental assessment and remediation, the nature and extent of contamination, the extent of required remediation efforts, the choice of remediation methodology, availability of insurance coverage and, in the case of sites with multiple responsible parties, the number and financial strength of other potentially responsible parties.

Other Legal Proceedings

The Company is subject to various claims and legal proceedings covering a wide range of matters that arise in the ordinary course of its business activities, including product liability claims. Management believes that any liability that may ultimately result from the resolution of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the financial condition or results of operations of the Company.

Other Contingencies

In June 2014, the Predecessor self-disclosed to the DTSC that an inventory of its Fairfield facility had revealed potential violations of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act and the California Health and Safety Code. Although no formal proceeding has been initiated, the Company expects the DTSC to seek payment of fines or other penalties for non-compliance. The Company does not expect the amount of any such fine or other penalty to have a material adverse effect on its business, financial position or results of operations.

107

Table of Contents

14. Related Party Transactions

FPA Subscription Agreement

On May 23, 2016, the Company entered into a Subscription Agreement (the "FPA Subscription Agreement") with Sponsor and First Pacific Advisors, LLC ("FPA"), on behalf of certain clients pursuant to which FPA agreed to purchase 18,260,000 shares of common stock on a private placement basis in connection with the Business Combination.

Sponsor Subscription Agreement

On June 6, 2016, the Company entered into a Subscription Agreement with Sponsor, pursuant to which Sponsor agreed to purchase 1,000,000 shares of common stock on a private placement basis for $10 per share in connection with the Business Combination. Wilbur L. Ross, Jr. is a manager of Sponsor and the Chairman of the Board of Nexeo Solutions, Inc.

PWPI and PWIMF Commitment Agreements

On June 6, 2016, the Company entered into a Commitment Agreement with Sponsor and Park West Investors Master Fund, Ltd. ("PWIMF") and a second Commitment Agreement with Sponsor and Park West Partners International, Ltd. ("PWPI") (such agreements collectively, the "PW Commitment Agreements"), pursuant to which PWIMF and PWPI agreed to purchase from redeeming stockholders and withdraw from redemption an aggregate of 3,000,000 public shares of common stock.

FPA Commitment Agreement

On June 6, 2016, the Company entered into a Commitment Agreement (the "FPA Commitment Agreement") with Sponsor and FPA, pursuant to which FPA agreed not to redeem 2,094,727 public shares of common stock then owned by FPA in connection with the closing of the Business Combination.

Sponsor Convertible Notes and Promissory Note

On March 31, 2016, the Company issued the March 2016 promissory note to Sponsor pursuant to which the Company could borrow up to $750,000. The March 2016 promissory note was interest bearing at 5% per annum and was due and payable on the first to occur of (1) the consummation of Business Combination or (2) June 11, 2016 (or such later date as would have been approved by the Company’s stockholders by amendment of the Company’s charter to complete the Business Combination). Sponsor loaned the Company $0.2 million to cover expenses related to daily operations. In connection with the consummation of the Business Combination, the March 2016 promissory note balance of $0.2 million, including unpaid interest, was paid in full.

On January 5, 2016, the Company issued a convertible promissory note, referred to as the "January 2016 convertible note" to Sponsor pursuant to which the Company borrowed $0.4 million from Sponsor for operating expenses. The January 2016 convertible note was interest bearing at 5% per annum and was due and payable on June 11, 2016. At the option of Sponsor, any amounts outstanding under the January 2016 convertible note could have been converted into warrants to purchase shares of common stock at a conversion price of $0.50 per warrant. Each warrant would have entitled Sponsor to purchase one-half of one share of common stock at an exercise price of $5.75 per half share ($11.50 per whole share). Each warrant would have contained other terms identical to the terms contained in the private placement warrants previously issued to Sponsor. Through March 31, 2016, the Company incurred an insignificant amount of interest expense which, under the terms of the January 2016 convertible note, was added to the principal amount. In connection with the consummation of the Business Combination, the January 2016 convertible note balance of $0.4 million, including unpaid interest, was paid in full.

On March 26, 2015, the Company issued a convertible promissory note, referred to as the "March 2015 convertible note," to Sponsor pursuant to which, on April 16, 2015, the Company borrowed $0.3 million from Sponsor for operating expenses. The March 2015 convertible note was interest bearing at 5% per annum and was due and payable on June 11, 2016. At the option of Sponsor, any amounts outstanding under the March 2015 convertible note could have been converted into warrants to purchase shares of common stock at a conversion price of $0.60 per warrant. Each warrant would have entitled Sponsor to purchase one-half of one share of common stock at an exercise price of $5.75 per half share ($11.50 per whole share). Each such warrant would have contained other terms identical to the terms contained in the private placement warrants previously issued to Sponsor. Through March 31, 2016, the Company incurred $14,000 of interest expense which under the terms of the March 2015 convertible note was added to the principal amount. In connection with the consummation of the Business Combination, the March 2015 convertible note balance of $0.3 million, including unpaid interest, was paid in full.

108

Table of Contents

Director Founder Shares

In connection with the consummation of the Business Combination, certain directors of the Company were paid 10,000 Founder Shares each by Sponsor (on behalf of the Company) for past service on the Company’s board of directors for a total of 30,000 shares. These shares were paid in lieu of cash board fees because the Company was not permitted to pay board fees directly to its directors pursuant to the underwriting agreement the Company entered into with the underwriters at the time of the IPO. The value of these shares is included in Transaction related costs on the Company’s consolidated statement of operations.

Administrative Service Agreement

The Company had an agreement to pay $10,000 a month for office space, administrative services and secretarial support to WL Ross & Co. LLC, an affiliate of the Sponsor. On March 26, 2015, Sponsor irrevocably and unconditionally waived the $10,000 per month payment obligations of the Company for office space, administrative services and secretarial support for the year beginning on January 1, 2015 to December 31, 2015. On January 13, 2016, Sponsor irrevocably and unconditionally waived the $10,000 per month payment obligations for the period beginning on January 1, 2016 and ending on December 31, 2016. This agreement was terminated prior to the completion of the Business Combination.

Contingent Consideration Obligations Pursuant to the TRA and the Merger Agreement

Subsequent to the Business Combination, TPG beneficially owns approximately 35% of the Company’s common stock, including Founder Shares, and is considered a related party of the Successor. In connection with the Business Combination, TPG became a party to the TRA and obtained the right to receive the Deferred Cash Consideration pursuant to the Merger Agreement. The fair value of these contingent consideration liabilities was $118.4 million as of September 30, 2016, and is recorded in Due to related party pursuant to contingent consideration obligations on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. See Note 3 and Note 9.

Predecessor - Letter Agreement for Chairman’s Services

On January 16, 2012, the Predecessor and Dan F. Smith, a member of the Predecessor Board of Directors, entered into a Letter Agreement for Chairman’s Services (together with subsequent extensions, the "Letter Agreement"). In connection with the closing of the Business Combination, the parties agreed to terminate the Letter Agreement and their rights and obligations thereunder. The termination of the Letter Agreement entitled Mr. Smith to a fee of $0.2 million in cash, which is included in Transaction related costs on the Company’s consolidated statement of operations.

Predecessor - Other Agreements with TPG

The Predecessor entered into a management services agreement with TPG, the indirect majority owner of the Predecessor, pursuant to which it provided the Predecessor with ongoing management, advisory, specialized operational and consulting services. The fees incurred in connection with this agreement were recorded in Selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

Pursuant to the management services agreement, the Predecessor also paid TPG fees in connection with consulting services it provided in relation to certain corporate transactions. TPG received reimbursements for out-of-pocket expenses incurred by TPG in connection with these transactions. These fees were recorded in Selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

As a result of the Business Combination on the Closing Date, TPG and the Predecessor terminated the management services agreement and their rights and obligations thereunder. Pursuant to the management services agreement, the Predecessor paid TPG a success fee of $9.9 million relating to the closing of the Business Combination determined in accordance with the terms of the management services agreement. This fee was recorded in Transaction related costs in the consolidated statement of operations.

109

Table of Contents

The table below summarizes activity recorded during the respective periods related to the items described above:



	Successor		Predecessor
	Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2016		October 1, 2015 Through June 8, 2016		Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2015		Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2014
Sales to TPG related entities	$	1.7	$	3.1	$	8.8	$	17.5
Amounts included in Selling, general and administrative expenses
Management fees to TPG	$	—	$	2.1	$	3.3	$	3.3
Consulting fees to TPG	$	0.1	$	0.4	$	0.8	$	1.4
Amounts included in Transaction related costs
Fee paid in connection with the Business Combination	$	—	$	9.9	$	—	$	—

There were no purchases from TPG related entities in the Successor or Predecessor periods.

TPG related entities owed the Company $0.6 million at September 30, 2016 for the Successor and $0.3 million at September 30, 2015 for the Predecessor which were included in Accounts and notes receivable in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

Predecessor - Consulting Services Agreement

The Predecessor had a strategic consulting services agreement with Steven B. Schwarzwaelder, a member of the board of directors of the Predecessor, under which it paid an annual fee of $0.175 million. The Predecessor recorded $0.1 million from October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016 and $0.2 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015 related to this agreement. This fee was recorded in Selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. As a result of the Business Combination, the parties terminated the consulting services agreement and their rights and obligations thereunder.

15. Income Taxes

The Company provides for income taxes and the related accounts under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected to be in effect during the year in which the basis differences reverse. The Company has not recognized deferred taxes for temporary outside basis differences of $105.7 million as of September 30, 2016, related to investments in foreign subsidiaries that management considers to be permanent in duration. It is not practicable to estimate the amount of the unrecognized deferred income tax liabilities at this time due to the complexities associated with its hypothetical calculation.

The Company and its two active U.S. corporate subsidiaries, Blocker and Sub Holding, were both incorporated in the U.S. and as such are subject to U.S. income taxes. The Company and Blocker will file a consolidated U.S. Federal income tax return and both will file various state returns. Sub Holding will file a separate U.S. Federal income tax return and various state tax returns. The Company’s controlled foreign corporations are subject to taxation at the entity level in each of their respective jurisdictions.

Holdings is organized as a limited liability company and is taxed as a partnership for U.S. income tax purposes. As such, with the exception of a limited number of state and local jurisdictions, Holdings is not subject to U.S. income taxes. Accordingly, Blocker and the Selling Equityholders (other than the holders of equity interests in Blocker) will report their share of Holdings’ taxable income earned prior to the Closing Date on their respective U.S. federal tax returns. Holdings and its subsidiaries made tax distributions of approximately $0.1 million to, or on behalf of, the Selling Equityholders during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015.

For all periods, the Company computed the provision for income taxes based on the actual year-to-date effective tax rate by applying the discrete method. Use of the annual effective tax rate, which relies on accurate projections by legal entity of income earned and taxed in foreign jurisdictions, as well as accurate projections by legal entity of permanent and temporary differences, was not considered a reliable estimate for purposes of calculating year-to-date income tax expense.

110

Table of Contents

The details for provision for income taxes are as follows:



	Successor			Predecessor
				October 1, 2015
	Fiscal Year Ended			Through			Fiscal Year Ended			Fiscal Year Ended
	September 30, 2016			June 8, 2016			September 30, 2015			September 30, 2014
Current tax expense:
United States - Federal	$	0.5		$	—		$	(1.8	)	$	2.5
United States - State	(0.2		)	(0.1		)	0.1			0.8
Foreign	2.0			3.2			2.8			5.7
Total current tax expense	2.3			3.1			1.1			9.0
Deferred tax expense (benefit):
United States - Federal	(0.8		)	0.4			2.2			(1.7		)
United States - State	0.4			0.1			—			—
Foreign	(0.7		)	0.6			0.6			—
Total deferred tax expense (benefit)	(1.1		)	1.1			2.8			(1.7		)
Total income tax expense	$	1.2		$	4.2		$	3.9		$	7.3

Temporary differences that result in significant deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:



	Successor			Predecessor
	September 30, 2016			September 30, 2015
Deferred Tax Assets
Foreign operating losses	$	5.8		$	5.3
Federal and state operating losses	14.1			—
163J interest	6.7			—
Fixed assets and intangibles	0.6			(0.1		)
Compensation and other accruals	1.0			1.1
Other items	0.4			0.7
Valuation allowance	(2.8		)	(3.6		)
Total deferred tax assets	$	25.8		$	3.4
Deferred Tax Liabilities
Fixed assets and intangibles	$	16.1		$	6.2
Compensation and other accruals	2.7			—
Investment in partnerships	28.9			87.1
Other items	0.1			0.4
Total deferred tax liabilities	$	47.8		$	93.7

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. As a result of the adoption of ASU 2015-17, deferred tax assets and liabilities and any related valuation allowances are classified as non-current on a prospective basis, See Note 2.

111

Table of Contents

The U.S. and international components of income from operations before income taxes and a reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax with the provision for income taxes follows:



	Successor			Predecessor
				October 1, 2015
	Fiscal Year Ended			Through			Fiscal Year Ended			Fiscal Year Ended
	September 30, 2016			June 8, 2016			September 30, 2015			September 30, 2014
Income (loss) before income taxes
United States	$	(9.1	)	$	(19.6	)	$	22.0		$	(25.2	)
International	1.9			9.9			3.1			20.3
	$	(7.2	)	$	(9.7	)	$	25.1		$	(4.9	)
U.S. statutory rate	34.0		%	0.0		%	0.0		%	0.0		%
Pretax income (loss) at statutory rate	$	(2.5	)	$	—		$	—		$	—
State income taxes	0.2			—			(0.1		)	0.5
Statutory rate differential	(0.2		)	2.5			4.5			4.7
FIN 48 expense (benefit)	—			0.1			(0.7		)	—
Withholding and other taxes	—			0.3			0.3			0.4
Stock basis adjustment	—			—			(2.7		)	—
Transaction costs	5.0			—			—			—
Contingent liability	(1.6		)	—			—			—
Permanent differences and other items	0.3			0.6			(0.7		)	1.6
Statutory tax rate changes and differences	(0.2		)	(0.1		)	(0.1		)	(0.3		)
True-up to prior year taxes	—			0.2			2.1			0.7
Other	—			—			0.3			—
Valuation allowance	0.2			0.6			1.0			(0.3		)
Income tax expense	$	1.2		$	4.2		$	3.9		$	7.3
Effective tax rate	(16.7		)%	(43.3		)%	15.5		%	(149.0		)%

At September 30, 2016, the Company had foreign loss carryforwards of $24.7 million and U.S. loss carryforwards of $39.1 million. In those countries in which net operating losses are subject to an expiration period, the Company's loss carryforwards, if not utilized, will expire at various dates from 2017 through 2036. Based on historical performance, the Company believes that it is more likely than not that taxable income in future years will allow the Company to utilize the carryforwards that have not had a valuation allowance placed against them.

At September 30, 2016 for the Successor and September 30, 2015 for the Predecessor, the valuation allowance was $2.8 million and $3.6 million, respectively, primarily relating to Nexeo Plaschem operations. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Based upon management’s expectations at September 30, 2016, management believes it is more likely than not that it will realize the majority of its deferred tax assets.

Uncertain Tax Positions

U.S. GAAP prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the accounting and financial statement disclosure of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The evaluation of a tax position is a two-step process. The first step requires the Company to determine whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination based on the technical merits of the position. The second step requires the Company to recognize in the financial statements each tax position that meets the more likely than not criteria, measured as the amount of benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized. Differences between the amount of tax benefits taken or expected to be taken in the income tax returns and the amount of tax benefits recognized in the financial statements represent the Company’s unrecognized income tax benefits, which are recorded as a liability, with the long-term portion included in Other non-current liabilities and the current portion included in Accrued expenses and other liabilities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.

112

Table of Contents

During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2014, the Predecessor completed its evaluation of income tax-related uncertainties associated with the CSD Acquisition, determined that the recognition threshold was met and recorded an initial reserve of $0.5 million associated with these uncertainties. The ultimate outcome of certain of these uncertainties was covered by indemnification provisions under the purchase agreement. Accordingly, the Predecessor also recognized indemnification assets related to certain of these income tax-related uncertainties. The indemnification assets were initially included in Other current assets and Other non-current assets in the consolidated balance sheets, representing the reimbursement the Predecessor reasonably expected to receive from funds held in escrow pursuant to the purchase agreement. In connection with the release of the funds placed in escrow in May 2015, the Predecessor wrote off the aggregate outstanding balance in these indemnification assets.

During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015, the Predecessor completed its evaluation of income tax-related uncertainties associated with the Archway Acquisition, determined that the recognition threshold was met and recorded an initial reserve of $1.4 million associated with these uncertainties.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is shown below:



	Successor		Predecessor
			October 1, 2015
	Fiscal Year Ended		Through			Fiscal Year Ended			Fiscal Year Ended
	September 30, 2016		June 8, 2016			September 30, 2015			September 30, 2014
Balance at beginning of period	$	—	$	0.9		$	0.4		$	—
Increases related to positions taken on items from prior years	—		0.2			1.2			0.5
Unrecognized tax benefits assumed pursuant to the Business Combination	0.9		—			—			—
Lapse of statute of limitations	—		(0.2		)	(0.7		)	(0.1		)
Balance at end of period	$	0.9	$	0.9		$	0.9		$	0.4

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions, if any, as a component of income tax expense in the consolidated statements of operations. There was an insignificant amount of interest and penalties recognized during all periods. At September 30, 2016 for the Successor and September 30, 2015 for the Predecessor there was $1.2 million related to uncertain tax positions, including related accrued interest and penalties.

The Company believes it is reasonably possible that within the next 12 months unrecognized tax benefits may decrease by up to $0.5 million as a result of the expiration of certain statute of limitations periods and anticipated settlements.

The Company or one of its subsidiaries files income tax returns in various state and foreign jurisdictions. Within the U.S., the Company is subject to federal and state income tax examination by tax authorities for periods after December 2012. With respect to countries outside of the U.S., with certain exceptions, the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are subject to income tax audits for years after 2011.

16. Segment and Geographic Data

The Company operates through three lines of business, or operating segments: Chemicals, Plastics and Environmental Services, which market to different sets of customers operating in an array of industries, with various end markets and customer segments within those industries. For segment presentation and disclosure purposes, the Chemicals and Plastics lines of business constitute separate reportable segments while the Environmental Services line of business, which does not meet the materiality threshold for separate disclosure and the historical composites products sales in Asia are combined in an "Other" segment.

Each line of business represents unique products and suppliers, and each line of business focuses on specific end markets within its industry based on a variety of factors, including supplier or customer opportunities, expected growth and prevailing economic conditions. Across the Chemicals and Plastics lines of business there are numerous industry segments, end markets and sub markets that the Company may choose to focus on. These end markets may change from year to year depending on the underlying market economics, supplier focus, expected profitability and the Company’s strategic agenda.

113

Table of Contents

The Chemicals, Plastics and Environmental Services lines of business compete with national, regional and local companies throughout North America. Additionally, the Chemicals and Plastics lines of business compete with other distribution companies in Asia. The Plastics line of business also competes with other distribution companies in EMEA. Competition within each line of business is based primarily on the diversity of the product portfolio, service offerings, reliability of services and supply, technical support, price and delivery capabilities. The accounting policies used to account for transactions in each of the lines of business are the same as those used to account for transactions at the corporate level.

The Chemicals and Plastics lines of business are distribution businesses, while the Environmental Services line of business provides hazardous and non-hazardous waste collection, recovery, recycling and arrangement for disposal services.

A brief description of each segment follows:

Chemicals. The Chemicals line of business distributes specialty and industrial chemicals, additives and solvents to industrial users via railcars, barges, bulk tanker trucks and as packaged goods in trucks. The Company’s chemical products are distributed in more than 50 countries worldwide, primarily in North America and Asia. In connection with the distribution of chemicals products, the Company provides value-added services such as custom blending, packaging and re-packaging, private-label manufacturing and product testing in the form of chemical analysis, product performance analysis and product development. While the Chemicals line of business serves multiple end markets, key end markets within the industrial space are household, industrial and institutional, performance coatings (including architectural coatings, adhesives, sealants and elastomers), lubricants, oil and gas and personal care.

Plastics. The Plastics line of business distributes a broad product line consisting of commodity polymer products and prime engineering resins to plastics processors engaged in blow molding, extrusion, injection molding and rotation molding via railcars, bulk trucks, truckload boxes and less-than-truckload quantities. The Company's plastics products are distributed in more than 50 countries worldwide, primarily in North America, EMEA and Asia. The Plastics line of business serves a broad cross section of industrial segments with a current focus on the healthcare and automotive end markets.

Other. The Environmental Services line of business, in connection with certain waste disposal service companies, provides customers with comprehensive on-site and off-site hazardous and non-hazardous waste collection, recovery and arrangement for disposal services or recycling in North America, primarily in the U.S. These environmental services are offered through the Company’s network of distribution facilities which are used as transfer facilities or through a staff of dedicated on-site waste professionals. The Other segment also includes historical composites products sales in Asia.

The Chief Executive Officer is the Chief Operating Decision Maker. The Chief Operating Decision Maker reviews operating results in order to make decisions, assess performance and allocate resources to each line of business. In order to maintain the focus on line of business performance, certain expenses are excluded from the line of business results utilized by the Company’s Chief Operating Decision Maker in evaluating line of business performance. These expenses include certain depreciation and amortization, selling, general and administrative expense, corporate items such as transaction related costs, interest and income tax expense. These items are separately delineated to reconcile to reported net income. Intersegment revenues were insignificant.

No single customer accounted for more than 10.0% of revenues for any line of business for each of the periods reported. In each of the past three fiscal years, polypropylene, a product offering in the Company’s Plastics line of business, was the only product that accounted for over 10.0% of the Company's consolidated net revenue. During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016 polypropylene accounted for 17.6% of the Successor total consolidated net revenue and for the period from October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016 polypropylene accounted for 17.7% of the Predecessor total consolidated net revenue. During the fiscal years ended September 30, 2015 and 2014 polypropylene accounted for 14.4% and 14.4% of the Predecessor total consolidated net revenue, respectively. Two suppliers accounted for 11.9% and 10.4%, respectively, of the Successor consolidated purchases during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016, and 12.0% and 9.8% for the period from October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016 for the Predecessor consolidated purchases. During the fiscal years ended September 30, 2015 and 2014 for the Predecessor, one of these suppliers accounted for 11.9% and 10.8%, respectively, of the Predecessor consolidated purchases. Although this supplier serves both the Plastics and Chemicals lines of business, the supplier serves primarily the Plastics line of business.

Certain assets are aggregated at the line of business level. The assets attributable to the Company’s lines of business, that are reviewed by the Chief Operating Decision Maker, consist of trade accounts receivable, inventories, goodwill and any specific assets that are otherwise directly associated with a line of business. The Company’s inventory of packaging materials and containers as well as property, plant and equipment are generally not allocated to a line of business and are included in unallocated assets.

114

Table of Contents

Summarized financial information relating to the Company’s lines of business is as follows:



	Successor			Predecessor
	Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2016			October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016			Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2015			Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2014
Sales and operating revenues
Chemicals	$	478.1		$	1,066.4		$	1,956.1		$	2,293.3
Plastics	546.7			1,192.2			1,876.1			2,101.6
Other	40.9			81.5			116.9			119.6
Total sales and operating revenues	$	1,065.7		$	2,340.1		$	3,949.1		$	4,514.5
Gross profit
Chemicals	$	55.7		$	136.2		$	224.4		$	212.7
Plastics	43.6			117.6			155.1			159.4
Other	9.1			18.1			28.5			29.6
Total gross profit	108.4			271.9			408.0			401.7
Selling, general and administrative expenses	91.7			208.9			329.5			335.8
Transaction related costs	21.3			33.4			0.1			12.6
Change in fair value of contingent consideration obligations	(11.2		)	—			—			—
Operating income	6.6			29.6			78.4			53.3
Other income	0.5			2.9			11.4			5.4
Interest income (expense)
Interest income	0.8			0.1			0.1			0.4
Interest expense	(15.1		)	(42.3		)	(64.8		)	(64.0		)
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes	$	(7.2	)	$	(9.7	)	$	25.1		$	(4.9	)



	Successor		Predecessor
	Balance at September 30, 2016		Balance at September 30, 2015
IDENTIFIABLE ASSETS
Chemicals	$	656.8	$	696.9
Plastics	708.7		530.2
Other	85.0		35.1
Total identifiable assets by reportable segment	1,450.5		1,262.2
Unallocated assets	628.4		446.7
Total assets	$	2,078.9	$	1,708.9

Goodwill amounts by reportable segment at September 30, 2016 are based on the preliminary allocation of the purchase consideration of the Business Combination as of the Closing Date. Accordingly, the amounts allocated to goodwill are subject to adjustments that could have a material impact on total goodwill and goodwill by reportable segment. See Note 3.

115

Table of Contents

Revenues by geographic location, based on the jurisdiction of the subsidiary entity receiving revenue credit for the sale, are presented below:



	Successor		Predecessor
	Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2016		October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016		Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2015		Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2014
United States	$	808.2	$	1,779.4	$	3,029.0	$	3,314.6
Canada	46.5		102.4		196.3		237.2
Other North America	18.4		35.4		56.2		58.5
Total North America Operations	873.1		1,917.2		3,281.5		3,610.3
EMEA	130.6		291.9		486.3		616.3
Asia	62.0		131.0		181.3		287.9
Total	$	1,065.7	$	2,340.1	$	3,949.1	$	4,514.5

17. Unaudited Quarterly Information

The following tables contain selected unaudited statement of operations information for each quarter of the fiscal years ended September 30, 2016 and 2015. All numbers are in millions except for per share amounts. There is no EPS calculation for the Predecessor because it was organized as a limited liability company and did not have publicly traded shares.



	Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2016
	Successor											Predecessor
	First Quarter			Second Quarter			Third Quarter			Fourth Quarter		First Quarter		Second Quarter		April 1 through June 8
Sales and operating revenues	$	—		$	—		$	214.3		$	851.4	$	827.7	$	862.2	$	650.2
Gross profit	$	—		$	—		$	18.8		$	89.6	$	95.2	$	101.3	$	75.4
Net income (loss)	$	(0.1	)	$	(1.5	)	$	(15.5	)	$	8.7	$	4.3	$	2.1	$	(20.2	)
Income (loss) per share:⁽¹⁾
Basic and diluted ⁽²⁾	$	(0.01	)	$	(0.10	)	$	(0.45	)	$	0.11
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding
Basic	14,854,081			14,869,746			34,072,056			76,746,168
Diluted	14,854,081			14,869,746			34,072,056			76,793,154

⁽¹⁾Per share amounts for the quarter and full year have been computed separately. The sum of the quarterly amounts may not equal the annual amounts presented because of differences in the average shares outstanding during each period.

⁽²⁾ Diluted shares for the fourth quarter include 64,518 shares of unvested restricted stock as their impact on the Company's net income for the quarter is not anti-dilutive.



	Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2015
	Predecessor
	First Quarter			Second Quarter			Third Quarter		Fourth Quarter
Net sales	$	1,017.7		$	1,012.8		$	988.8	$	929.8
Gross profit	$	92.0		$	99.2		$	111.3	$	105.5
Net income (loss)	$	(7.5	)	$	(0.6	)	$	18.8	$	9.7

116

Table of Contents

Nexeo Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts



(in millions)	Balance Beginning of Period		Charged to Costs and Expenses		Charged to Other Accounts				Deductions				Balance End of Period
Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2016 (Successor)
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$	—	$	0.3	$	1.3			$	(0.2	)	⁽¹⁾	$	1.4
Reserve for sales returns and allowances	—		—		1.5			⁽²⁾	—				1.5
October 1, 2015 through June 8, 2016 (Predecessor)
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$	3.8	$	1.2	$	—			$	(0.9	)	⁽¹⁾	$	4.1
Reserve for sales returns and allowances	1.6		—		(0.1		)	⁽²⁾	—				1.5
Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2015 (Predecessor)
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$	6.3	$	0.6	$	—			$	(3.1	)	⁽¹⁾	$	3.8
Reserve for sales returns and allowances	2.0		—		(0.4		)	⁽²⁾	—				1.6
Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2014 (Predecessor)
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$	3.7	$	4.2	$	—			$	(1.6	)	⁽¹⁾	$	6.3
Reserve for sales returns and allowances	1.9		—		0.1			⁽²⁾	—				2.0


⁽¹⁾	Accounts written off during the year, net of recoveries and foreign exchange impact.


⁽²⁾	Amounts represent estimates for expected sales returns.

117

Table of Contents

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As required by Rule 13a-15(b) under the Exchange Act, we have evaluated, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Based on such evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded that as of such date, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective. Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure and is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Internal control over financial reporting, no matter how well designed, has inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Further, because of changes in conditions, the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting may vary over time.

As discussed elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we completed the Business Combination on June 9, 2016, pursuant to which we acquired Holdings and its subsidiaries. Prior to the Business Combination, we were a special purpose acquisition company formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, asset acquisition, stock purchase or similar transaction. As a result, previously existing internal controls are no longer applicable or comprehensive enough as of the assessment date as our operations prior to the Business Combination were insignificant compared to those of the consolidated entity post-Business Combination. The design of internal controls over financial reporting for the Company post-Business Combination has required and will continue to require significant time and resources from management and other personnel. As a result, management was unable, without incurring unreasonable effort or expense to conduct an assessment of our internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2016. Accordingly, we are excluding management's report on internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 215.02 of the SEC Division of Corporation Finance's Regulation S-K Compliance & Disclosure Interpretations.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

During the fourth quarter ended September 30, 2016, there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

118

Table of Contents

Item 9B. Other Information

Amendment No. 1 to ABL Credit Facility

On December 6, 2016, Solutions entered into Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement ("ABL Amendment No. 1"), by and among Solutions, Holdings, Sub Holding, Nexeo Solutions Canada Corp. ("Nexeo Canada"), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Borrower, each domestic subsidiary of Solutions party thereto (each individually a "Borrower" and collectively with Solutions, Holdings, Sub Holding and Nexeo Canada, the "Borrowers"), Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent (the "Administrative Agent"), and the Lenders (as defined below) party thereto, which amended the ABL Credit Agreement (as amended by ABL Amendment No. 1, the "Amended ABL Credit Agreement").

Pursuant to ABL Amendment No. 1, all provisions and requirements related to the provision of a second priority security interest in, and mortgages on, any real property (including any requirement to deliver title insurance policies in respect of such properties) under the ABL Credit Agreement, were removed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all obligations under the Amended ABL Credit Agreement will continue to be secured by a first priority lien on all ABL first lien collateral, including eligible inventory and accounts receivable of the ABL Borrowers, and a second priority lien on all Term Loan first lien collateral (other than a second priority security interest in, and mortgages on, any real property), including outstanding equity interests of the Borrower and certain of the other subsidiaries of Holdings, in each case, subject to certain limitations.

The foregoing description of ABL Amendment No. 1 and the Amended ABL Credit Agreement are general descriptions and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the full text of the ABL Amendment No. 1, which is filed as Exhibit 10.28 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K and incorporated herein by reference.

David A. Bradley Bonus Waiver

Mr. Bradley waived his fiscal year 2016 bonus to demonstrate his commitment to fully align his interest with the Company's stockholders.

119

Table of Contents

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The information required by this Item is set forth under the headings "Information about Directors and Director Nominees," "Executive Officers," "Corporate Governance - Board Committees - Audit Committee," "Corporate Governance - Director Nominees," "Corporate Governance - Code of Business Conduct," and "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters - Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance" in the Company’s Proxy Statement relating to its 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the "Company's 2017 Proxy Statement") to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after September 30, 2016 and is incorporated herein by reference.

Code of Conduct

We have adopted a code of conduct applicable to the directors, officers and employees of the Company and its subsidiaries. We have also adopted corporate governance guidelines which address, among other things, director qualifications, responsibilities and compensation, director access to officers, employees and advisors, and determinations regarding executive officer compensation. A copy of our code of conduct and our corporate governance guidelines are both available on the Investor Relations section of our website, at www.nexeosolutions.com.

The Company intends to satisfy the requirements under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K regarding disclosure of amendments to, or waivers from, provisions of its code of ethics that apply to senior executives by posting such information on the Company’s website.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by this Item is set forth under the headings "Corporate Governance - Board Committees - Compensation Committee," "Corporate Governance - Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation," and "Executive and Director Compensation" in the Company’s 2017 Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after September 30, 2016 and is incorporated herein by reference.

120

Table of Contents

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by this Item is set forth under the heading "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters" in the Company’s 2017 Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after September 30, 2016 and is incorporated herein by reference.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table gives information about the Company’s common stock authorized for issuance under the Company’s equity compensation plans as of September 30, 2016:



	Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights ⁽¹⁾	Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights		Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a))
Plan Category	(a)	(b)		(c)
Equity compensation plans approved by the security holders	1,542,500	$	—	7,357,500	⁽²⁾

Equity compensation plans not approved by the security holders	—	$	—	—
Total	1,542,500	$	—	7,357,500

⁽¹⁾ Column (a) of the table above includes 1,542,500 PSUs outstanding under the 2016 LTIP. In certain circumstances, based on whether the vesting conditions are met during the term of the PSUs, up to 3,085,000 shares of common stock may be issued upon vesting of these PSUs.

⁽²⁾ Represents shares available for future issuance under the 2016 LTIP, including the effect of the grant of 100,000 shares of restricted stock granted by TPG to certain officers and employees from shares of the Company's common stock owned by TPG. While these awards were not made pursuant to the 2016 LTIP, they constitute equity-based compensation and therefore will count against the 2016 LTIP's share reserve to the extent the awards vest.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this Item is set forth under the headings "Corporate Governance - Independence of Directors" and "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions" in the Company’s 2017 Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after September 30, 2016 and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The information required by this Item is set forth under the heading "Audit Committee Report - Audit Fees and Services" in the Company’s 2017 Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after September 30, 2016 and is incorporated herein by reference.

121

Table of Contents

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits



Exhibit Number		Description

2.1*		Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated March 21, 2016, by and among WL Ross Holding Corp., Neon Acquisition Company LLC, Neon Holding Company LLC, TPG Accolade Delaware, LP, Nexeo Solutions Holdings, LLC and Nexeo Holdco, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-36477) filed with the SEC on March 22, 2016)

2.2*		Amendment No. 1 to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated June 6, 2016, by and among the WL Ross Holding Corp., Neon Acquisition Company, LLC, Neon Holding Company LLC, Nexeo Solutions Holdings, LLC, TPG Accolade Delaware, L.P. and Nexeo Holdco, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-36477) filed with the SEC on June 7, 2016)

3.1		Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Nexeo Solutions, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-36477) filed with the SEC on June 15, 2016)

3.2		Amended and Restated Bylaws of Nexeo Solutions, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-36477) filed with the SEC on June 15, 2016)

4.1		Specimen Unit Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (File No. 333-195854) filed with the SEC on May 30, 2014)

4.2		Specimen Common Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (File No. 333-195854) filed with the SEC on May 30, 2014)

4.3		Specimen Warrant Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (File No. 333-195854) filed with the SEC on May 30, 2014)

4.4		Form of Warrant Agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company and the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (File No. 333-195854) filed with the SEC on May 30, 2014)

10.1t†		Non-Employee Director Compensation Summary

10.2		Tax Receivable Agreement, dated June 9, 2016, by and between WL Ross Holding Corp. and the Selling Equityholders

10.3		Form of Joinder to Tax Receivable Agreement

10.4		Credit Agreement, dated as of June 9, 2016, by Nexeo Solutions, LLC, the other U.S. Borrowers referred to therein, Nexeo Solutions Canada Corp., Nexeo Solutions Holdings, LLC, Nexeo Solutions Sub Holding Corp., Bank of America N.A. as agent, the other agents party thereto and the other lenders party thereto

10.5		Credit Agreement, dated as of June 9, 2016, by and among Nexeo Solutions, LLC, Nexeo Solutions Holdings, LLC, Nexeo Solutions Sub Holding Corp., Bank of America, N.A. as administrative agent and collateral agent, the other agents party thereto and the other lenders party thereto

122

Table of Contents



Exhibit Number		Description

10.6t		Employment Agreement, dated June 9, 2016, by and between Nexeo Solutions Inc., Nexeo Solutions, LLC and David Bradley

10.7t		Nexeo Solutions, Inc. Severance Plan for U.S. Officers and Executives, as amended and Restated, Effective as of June 9, 2016

10.8t		Form of Indemnification Agreement

10.9		Shareholders’ and Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of March 21, 2016, by and among TPG Capital LLC, WL Ross Sponsor LLC and WL Ross Holding Corp. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-36477) filed with the SEC on March 22, 2016)

10.10		Shareholders’ and Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of March 21, 2016, by and among TPG Capital LLC, WL Ross Sponsor LLC and WL Ross Holding Corp. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-36477) filed with the SEC on March 22, 2016)

10.11		Amendment No. 1 to Shareholders’ and Registration Rights Agreement, dated June 6, 2016, by and among WL Ross Holding Corp., WL Ross Sponsor LLC and Nexeo Holdco, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-36477) filed with the SEC on June 7, 2016)

10.12		Registration Rights Agreement, dated May 23, 2016, by and between WL Ross Holding Corp., WL Ross Sponsor LLC and First Pacific Advisors, LLC, on behalf of one or more clients (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-36477) filed with the SEC on May 24, 2016)

10.13		Registration Rights Agreement, dated June 9, 2016, by and among Nexeo Solutions, Inc., Merrill Lynch Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-36477) filed with the SEC on June 15, 2016)

10.14		Founder Share Transfer Letter Agreement, dated June 6, 2016, by and among WL Ross Holding Corp, WL Ross Sponsor LLC and Nexeo Holdco, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-36477) filed with the SEC on March 22, 2016)

10.15		Amendment No. 1 to Founder Share Transfer Letter Agreement, dated March 21, 2016, by and among WL Ross Holding Corp, WL Ross Sponsor LLC and Nexeo Holdco, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-36477) filed with the SEC on June 7, 2016)

10.16		Private Placement Warrant Exchange Letter Agreement, dated as of March 21, 2016, by and among WL Ross Holding Corp., WL Ross Sponsor LLC and Nexeo Solutions Holdings, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-36477) filed with the SEC on March 22, 2016)

10.17		Subscription Agreement, dated May 9, 2016, by and between WL Ross Holding Corp. and Fidelity Select Portfolios: Chemicals Portfolio, Fidelity Advisor Series I: Fidelity Advisor Value Fund, Fidelity Capital Trust: Fidelity Value Fund, Fidelity Select Portfolios: Materials Portfolio, Fidelity Central Investment Portfolios LLC: Fidelity Materials Central Fund and Variable Insurance Products Fund IV: Materials Portfolio (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-36477) filed with the SEC on May 10, 2016)

123

Table of Contents



Exhibit Number		Description

10.18		Subscription Agreement, dated May 6, 2016, by and between WL Ross Holding Corp. and MFS Series Trust XV on behalf of MFS Global Alternative Strategy Fund, MFS Series Trust I on behalf of MFS New Discovery Fund and MFS Variable Insurance Trust on behalf of MFS New Discovery Series (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-36477) filed with the SEC on May 10, 2016)

10.19		Subscription Agreement, dated May 23, 2016, by and among WL Ross Holding Corp., WL Ross Sponsor LLC and First Pacific Advisors, LLC, on behalf of one or more clients (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-36477) filed with the SEC on May 24, 2016)

10.20		Subscription Agreement, dated June 6, 2016, by and among WL Ross Holding Corp. and WL Ross Sponsor LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-36477) filed with the SEC on June 7, 2016)

10.21		Commitment Agreement, dated June 6, 2016, by and among WL Ross Holding Corp., WL Ross Sponsor LLC and First Pacific Advisors, LLC, on behalf of one or more clients (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-36477) filed with the SEC on June 7, 2016)

10.22		Commitment Agreement, dated June 6, 2016, by and among WL Ross Holding Corp., WL Ross Sponsor LLC and Park West Investors Master Fund, Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-36477) filed with the SEC on June 7, 2016)

10.23		Commitment Agreement, dated June 6, 2016, by and among WL Ross Holding Corp., WL Ross Sponsor LLC and Park West Partners International, Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-36477) filed with the SEC on June 7, 2016)

10.24		Vehicle Operating and Service Agreement dated May 22, 2015 by and between Ryder Truck Rental, Inc. d/b/a Ryder Transportation Services and Nexeo Solutions, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-36477) filed with the SEC on August 9, 2016)

10.25		Amendment to Vehicle Operating and Service Agreement dated May 22, 2015 by and between Ryder Truck Rental, Inc., d/b/a Ryder Transportation Services and Nexeo Solutions, LLC. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-36477) filed with the SEC on August 9, 2016)

10.26		Separation Agreement and Release of Claims dated effective April 11, 2016 by and among Nexeo Solutions, LLC, Nexeo Solutions Holdings, LLC and Henry E. Harrell (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-36477) filed with the SEC on August 9, 2016)

10.27t†		Form of TPG Restricted Stock Agreement

10.28†		Amendment No. 1 to the ABL Credit Facility agreement, dated as of December 6, 2016 by Nexeo Solutions, LLC, the other U.S. Borrowers referred to therein, Nexeo Solutions Canada Corp., Nexeo Solutions Holdings, LLC, Nexeo Solutions Sub Holding Corp., Bank of America N.A. as agent, the other agents party thereto and the other lenders party thereto

12.1†		Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges.

21.1†		List of Subsidiaries.

124

Table of Contents



Exhibit Number		Description

23.1†		Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

31.1†		Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

31.2†		Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32.1††		Certifications of Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

101*		Interactive data files pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T.

† Filed herewith.

†† Furnished herewith.

t Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

* Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, the interactive data files included in Exhibit 101 hereto are deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act are deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act and otherwise are not subject to liability under those sections.

** Pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K, certain schedules and similar attachments to Exhibits 2.1 and 2.2 have not been filed herewith. The registrant agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted schedule to the SEC upon request.

125

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on the 8th day of December, 2016.



	NEXEO SOLUTIONS, INC.

	By:	/s/ David A. Bradley
		David A. Bradley
		President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant in the capacities indicated on the 8th day of December, 2016.

126

Table of Contents



Signature		Title

/s/ David A. Bradley		President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
David A. Bradley		(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Ross J. Crane		Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
Ross J. Crane		(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/ Kristina A. Smith		Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer
Kristina A. Smith		(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/ Wilbur L. Ross, Jr.		Chairman
Wilbur L. Ross, Jr.

/s/ Lord William Astor		Director
Lord William Astor

/s/ Kenneth M. Burke		Director
Kenneth M. Burke

/s/ Nadim Z. Qureshi		Director
Nadim Z. Qureshi

/s/ Dan F. Smith		Director
Dan F. Smith

/s/ Nathan H. Wright		Director
Nathan H. Wright

/s/ Christopher J. Yip		Director
Christopher J. Yip

/s/ Thomas E. Zacharias		Director
Thomas E. Zacharias

127

Attached files

Nexeo Solutions, Inc. Reports

Also read